summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Documentation
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc93
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb1024
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x253
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu47
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/Makefile2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl1253
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl434
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/block/biodoc.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/clk.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt205
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt204
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos4415-clock.txt38
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos7-clock.txt93
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,mmp2.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa168.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa910.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt (renamed from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/fsl-imx-drm.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/hdmi.txt (renamed from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/hdmi.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt (renamed from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/ldb.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74xx-mmio.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt55
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt40
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/pl061-gpio.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/atmel-trng.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-img-scb.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-meson.txt24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-opal.txt37
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap11xx.txt (renamed from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap1106.txt)26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elan_i2c.txt34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt33
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/stmpe-keypad.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lp8860.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/diskonchip.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt88
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt67
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b116xw03.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd070pww1.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hit,tx23d38vm0caa.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,g121i1-l01.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/sharp,lq101r1sx01.txt49
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-usb-phy.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt128
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu.txt43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih407-usb.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/gpio-charger.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-hlcdc-pwm.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-bcm2835.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/bcm63xx-uart.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/of-serial.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt69
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/armada-thermal.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rockchip-thermal.txt68
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/pxa-usb.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/adi,adv7511.txt88
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-drm.txt19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-vop.txt58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/gpio/driver.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i8011
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/writing-clients8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ia64/kvm.txt83
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt50
-rw-r--r--Documentation/local_ops.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/filter.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/phy.txt60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/security/IMA-templates.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/serial/driver6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt10
-rwxr-xr-xDocumentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py49
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/coresight.txt299
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt102
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt81
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt18
138 files changed, 5165 insertions, 541 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85d3dac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/a_alt_hnp_support
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates if an OTG A-Host supports HNP at an alternate port.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/a_hnp_support
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates if an OTG A-Host supports HNP at this port.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/b_hnp_enable
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates if an OTG A-Host enabled HNP support.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/current_speed
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates the current negotiated speed at this port.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/is_a_peripheral
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates that this port is the default Host on an OTG session
+ but HNP was used to switch roles.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/is_otg
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates that this port support OTG.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/maximum_speed
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates the maximum USB speed supported by this port.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/maximum_speed
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates the maximum USB speed supported by this port.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/soft_connect
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Allows users to disconnect data pullup resistors thus causing a
+ logical disconnection from the USB Host.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/srp
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Allows users to manually start Session Request Protocol.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/state
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Indicates current state of the USB Device Controller. Valid
+ states are: 'not-attached', 'attached', 'powered',
+ 'reconnecting', 'unauthenticated', 'default', 'addressed',
+ 'configured', and 'suspended'; however not all USB Device
+ Controllers support reporting all states.
+Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f12e00e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/hid.name
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ protocol - HID protocol to use
+ report_desc - blob corresponding to HID report descriptors
+ except the data passed through /dev/hidg<N>
+ report_length - HID report length
+ subclass - HID device subclass to use
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b341df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/midi.name
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ index - index value for the USB MIDI adapter
+ id - ID string for the USB MIDI adapter
+ buflen - MIDI buffer length
+ qlen - USB read request queue length
+ in_ports - number of MIDI input ports
+ out_ports - number of MIDI output ports
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b8d6ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/enable_sink
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple
+ source for a single sink.
+ ex: echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/status
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific
+ layout and content is driver specific.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/trigger_cntr
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the
+ formatter after a defined number of words have been stored
+ following the trigger event. The number of 32-bit words written
+ into the Trace RAM following the trigger event is equal to the
+ value stored in this register+1 (from ARM ETB-TRM).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4d0b99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_source
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry.
+ Enabling a source implies the source has been configured
+ properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path
+ of coresight components linking the source to the sink is
+ configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/status
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific
+ layout and content is driver specific.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_idx
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to
+ work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_acctype
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies
+ characteristics about the address comparator being configure,
+ for example the access type, the kind of instruction to trace,
+ processor contect ID to trigger on, etc. Individual fields in
+ the access type register may vary on the version of the trace
+ entity.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_range
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the range of
+ addresses to trigger on. Inclusion or exclusion is specificed
+ in the corresponding access type register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_single
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single
+ address to trigger on, highly influenced by the configuration
+ options of the corresponding access type register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_start
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single
+ address to start tracing on, highly influenced by the
+ configuration options of the corresponding access type register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_stop
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single
+ address to stop tracing on, highly influenced by the
+ configuration options of the corresponding access type register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_idx
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Specifies the counter to work on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the
+ counter event register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_val
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the
+ counter value register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_val
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the
+ counter reload value register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the
+ counter reload event register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_idx
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Specifies the index of the context ID register to be
+ selected.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_mask
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Mask to apply to all the context ID comparator.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_val
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used with the ctxid_idx, specify with context ID to trigger
+ on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines which event triggers a trace.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/etmsr
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Gives access to the ETM status register, which holds
+ programming information and status on certains events.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/fifofull_level
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Number of byte left in the fifo before considering it full.
+ Depending on the tracer's version, can also hold threshold for
+ data suppression.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mode
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Interface with the driver's 'mode' field, controlling
+ various aspect of the trace entity such as time stamping,
+ context ID size and cycle accurate tracing. Driver specific
+ and bound to change depending on the driver.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_addr_cmp
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible
+ on a trace unit, as specified by bit 3:0 of register ETMCCR.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_cntr
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit,
+ as specified by bit 15:13 of register ETMCCR.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_ctxid_cmp
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a
+ trace unit, as specified by bit 25:24 of register ETMCCR.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/reset
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
+ to its boot configuration.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_12_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 1 to state 2.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_13_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 1 to state 3.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_21_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 2 to state 1.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_23_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 2 to state 3.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_31_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 3 to state 1.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_32_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 3 to state 2.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/curr_seq_state
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (R) Holds the current state of the sequencer.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/sync_freq
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Holds the trace synchronization frequency value - must be
+ programmed with the various implementation behavior in mind.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/timestamp_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines an event that requests the insertion of a timestamp
+ into the trace stream.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/traceid
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream
+ coming from this trace entity.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/trigger_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Define the event that controls the trigger.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d75acda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/funnel_ctrl
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Enables the slave ports and defines the hold time of the
+ slave ports.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/priority
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines input port priority order.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f38cded5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/trigger_cntr
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the
+ formatter after a defined number of words have been stored
+ following the trigger event. Additional interface for this
+ driver are expected to be added as it matures.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
index d760b02..117521d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -200,6 +200,13 @@ Description:
Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after
application of scale and offset are kilopascal.
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_input
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_input
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Scaled pressure measurement from channel Y, in kilopascal.
+
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_raw
KernelVersion: 3.14
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
@@ -231,6 +238,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_offset
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
@@ -251,6 +259,7 @@ Description:
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale
@@ -266,6 +275,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_sca
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_scale
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_scale
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
@@ -328,6 +338,10 @@ Description:
are listed in this attribute.
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_hardwaregain
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
@@ -1028,3 +1042,12 @@ Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Raw value of rotation from true/magnetic north measured with
or without compensation from tilt sensors.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw current measurement from channel X. Units are in milliamps
+ after application of scale and offset. If no offset or scale is
+ present, output should be considered as processed with the
+ unit in milliamps.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index acb9bfc..99983e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -224,3 +224,50 @@ Description: Parameters for the Intel P-state driver
frequency range.
More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/<set_of_attributes_mentioned_below>
+Date: July 2014(documented, existed before August 2008)
+Contact: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
+ Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes
+
+ allocation_policy:
+ - WriteAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line
+ on a cache miss because of a write
+ - ReadAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line
+ on a cache miss because of a read
+ - ReadWriteAllocate: both writeallocate and readallocate
+
+ attributes: LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy
+
+ coherency_line_size: the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets
+ transferred from memory to cache
+
+ level: the cache hierarcy in the multi-level cache configuration
+
+ number_of_sets: total number of sets in the cache, a set is a
+ collection of cache lines with the same cache index
+
+ physical_line_partition: number of physical cache line per cache tag
+
+ shared_cpu_list: the list of logical cpus sharing the cache
+
+ shared_cpu_map: logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing
+ the cache
+
+ size: the total cache size in kB
+
+ type:
+ - Instruction: cache that only holds instructions
+ - Data: cache that only caches data
+ - Unified: cache that holds both data and instructions
+
+ ways_of_associativity: degree of freedom in placing a particular block
+ of memory in the cache
+
+ write_policy:
+ - WriteThrough: data is written to both the cache line
+ and to the block in the lower-level memory
+ - WriteBack: data is written only to the cache line and
+ the modified cache line is written to main
+ memory only when it is replaced
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7969443
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_setting
+Date: December 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+ Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows to control the automatic keyboard
+ illumination mode on some systems that have an ambient
+ light sensor. Write 1 to this file to enable the auto
+ mode, 0 to disable it.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+Date: December 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+ Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows to control the input triggers that
+ turn on the keyboard backlight illumination that is
+ disabled because of inactivity.
+ Read the file to see the triggers available. The ones
+ enabled are preceded by '+', those disabled by '-'.
+
+ To enable a trigger, write its name preceded by '+' to
+ this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded
+ by '-' instead.
+
+ For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run:
+ echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+ To disable it:
+ echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+
+ Note that not all the available triggers can be configured.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout
+Date: December 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+ Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows to specify the interval after which the
+ keyboard illumination is disabled because of inactivity.
+ The timeouts are expressed in seconds, minutes, hours and
+ days, for which the symbols are 's', 'm', 'h' and 'd'
+ respectively.
+
+ To configure the timeout, write to this file a value along
+ with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value
+ is assumed to be expressed in seconds.
+
+ For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run:
+ echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout
+
+ Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be
+ expressed in a different unit than the one used when the timeout
+ was set.
+
+ Also note that only some timeouts are supported and that
+ some systems might fall back to a specific timeout in case
+ an invalid timeout is written to this file.
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
index bec0665..9c7d92d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml device-drivers.xml \
80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml regulator.xml \
alsa-driver-api.xml writing-an-alsa-driver.xml \
tracepoint.xml drm.xml media_api.xml w1.xml \
- writing_musb_glue_layer.xml
+ writing_musb_glue_layer.xml crypto-API.xml
include Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c763d30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,1253 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="KernelCryptoAPI">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Linux Kernel Crypto API</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Stephan</firstname>
+ <surname>Mueller</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>smueller@chronox.de</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Marek</firstname>
+ <surname>Vasut</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>marek@denx.de</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2014</year>
+ <holder>Stephan Mueller</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="Intro">
+ <title>Kernel Crypto API Interface Specification</title>
+
+ <sect1><title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The kernel crypto API offers a rich set of cryptographic ciphers as
+ well as other data transformation mechanisms and methods to invoke
+ these. This document contains a description of the API and provides
+ example code.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To understand and properly use the kernel crypto API a brief
+ explanation of its structure is given. Based on the architecture,
+ the API can be separated into different components. Following the
+ architecture specification, hints to developers of ciphers are
+ provided. Pointers to the API function call documentation are
+ given at the end.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The kernel crypto API refers to all algorithms as "transformations".
+ Therefore, a cipher handle variable usually has the name "tfm".
+ Besides cryptographic operations, the kernel crypto API also knows
+ compression transformations and handles them the same way as ciphers.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The kernel crypto API serves the following entity types:
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>consumers requesting cryptographic services</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>data transformation implementations (typically ciphers)
+ that can be called by consumers using the kernel crypto
+ API</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This specification is intended for consumers of the kernel crypto
+ API as well as for developers implementing ciphers. This API
+ specification, however, does not discusses all API calls available
+ to data transformation implementations (i.e. implementations of
+ ciphers and other transformations (such as CRC or even compression
+ algorithms) that can register with the kernel crypto API).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Note: The terms "transformation" and cipher algorithm are used
+ interchangably.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Terminology</title>
+ <para>
+ The transformation implementation is an actual code or interface
+ to hardware which implements a certain transformation with precisely
+ defined behavior.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The transformation object (TFM) is an instance of a transformation
+ implementation. There can be multiple transformation objects
+ associated with a single transformation implementation. Each of
+ those transformation objects is held by a crypto API consumer or
+ another transformation. Transformation object is allocated when a
+ crypto API consumer requests a transformation implementation.
+ The consumer is then provided with a structure, which contains
+ a transformation object (TFM).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The structure that contains transformation objects may also be
+ referred to as a "cipher handle". Such a cipher handle is always
+ subject to the following phases that are reflected in the API calls
+ applicable to such a cipher handle:
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Initialization of a cipher handle.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Execution of all intended cipher operations applicable
+ for the handle where the cipher handle must be furnished to
+ every API call.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Destruction of a cipher handle.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ When using the initialization API calls, a cipher handle is
+ created and returned to the consumer. Therefore, please refer
+ to all initialization API calls that refer to the data
+ structure type a consumer is expected to receive and subsequently
+ to use. The initialization API calls have all the same naming
+ conventions of crypto_alloc_*.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The transformation context is private data associated with
+ the transformation object.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="Architecture"><title>Kernel Crypto API Architecture</title>
+ <sect1><title>Cipher algorithm types</title>
+ <para>
+ The kernel crypto API provides different API calls for the
+ following cipher types:
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Symmetric ciphers</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>AEAD ciphers</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Message digest, including keyed message digest</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Random number generation</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>User space interface</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Ciphers And Templates</title>
+ <para>
+ The kernel crypto API provides implementations of single block
+ ciphers and message digests. In addition, the kernel crypto API
+ provides numerous "templates" that can be used in conjunction
+ with the single block ciphers and message digests. Templates
+ include all types of block chaining mode, the HMAC mechanism, etc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Single block ciphers and message digests can either be directly
+ used by a caller or invoked together with a template to form
+ multi-block ciphers or keyed message digests.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ A single block cipher may even be called with multiple templates.
+ However, templates cannot be used without a single cipher.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ See /proc/crypto and search for "name". For example:
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>aes</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>ecb(aes)</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>cmac(aes)</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>ccm(aes)</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>rfc4106(gcm(aes))</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>sha1</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>hmac(sha1)</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>authenc(hmac(sha1),cbc(aes))</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In these examples, "aes" and "sha1" are the ciphers and all
+ others are the templates.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Synchronous And Asynchronous Operation</title>
+ <para>
+ The kernel crypto API provides synchronous and asynchronous
+ API operations.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ When using the synchronous API operation, the caller invokes
+ a cipher operation which is performed synchronously by the
+ kernel crypto API. That means, the caller waits until the
+ cipher operation completes. Therefore, the kernel crypto API
+ calls work like regular function calls. For synchronous
+ operation, the set of API calls is small and conceptually
+ similar to any other crypto library.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Asynchronous operation is provided by the kernel crypto API
+ which implies that the invocation of a cipher operation will
+ complete almost instantly. That invocation triggers the
+ cipher operation but it does not signal its completion. Before
+ invoking a cipher operation, the caller must provide a callback
+ function the kernel crypto API can invoke to signal the
+ completion of the cipher operation. Furthermore, the caller
+ must ensure it can handle such asynchronous events by applying
+ appropriate locking around its data. The kernel crypto API
+ does not perform any special serialization operation to protect
+ the caller's data integrity.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Crypto API Cipher References And Priority</title>
+ <para>
+ A cipher is referenced by the caller with a string. That string
+ has the following semantics:
+
+ <programlisting>
+ template(single block cipher)
+ </programlisting>
+
+ where "template" and "single block cipher" is the aforementioned
+ template and single block cipher, respectively. If applicable,
+ additional templates may enclose other templates, such as
+
+ <programlisting>
+ template1(template2(single block cipher)))
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The kernel crypto API may provide multiple implementations of a
+ template or a single block cipher. For example, AES on newer
+ Intel hardware has the following implementations: AES-NI,
+ assembler implementation, or straight C. Now, when using the
+ string "aes" with the kernel crypto API, which cipher
+ implementation is used? The answer to that question is the
+ priority number assigned to each cipher implementation by the
+ kernel crypto API. When a caller uses the string to refer to a
+ cipher during initialization of a cipher handle, the kernel
+ crypto API looks up all implementations providing an
+ implementation with that name and selects the implementation
+ with the highest priority.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Now, a caller may have the need to refer to a specific cipher
+ implementation and thus does not want to rely on the
+ priority-based selection. To accommodate this scenario, the
+ kernel crypto API allows the cipher implementation to register
+ a unique name in addition to common names. When using that
+ unique name, a caller is therefore always sure to refer to
+ the intended cipher implementation.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The list of available ciphers is given in /proc/crypto. However,
+ that list does not specify all possible permutations of
+ templates and ciphers. Each block listed in /proc/crypto may
+ contain the following information -- if one of the components
+ listed as follows are not applicable to a cipher, it is not
+ displayed:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>name: the generic name of the cipher that is subject
+ to the priority-based selection -- this name can be used by
+ the cipher allocation API calls (all names listed above are
+ examples for such generic names)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>driver: the unique name of the cipher -- this name can
+ be used by the cipher allocation API calls</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>module: the kernel module providing the cipher
+ implementation (or "kernel" for statically linked ciphers)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>priority: the priority value of the cipher implementation</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>refcnt: the reference count of the respective cipher
+ (i.e. the number of current consumers of this cipher)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>selftest: specification whether the self test for the
+ cipher passed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>type:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>blkcipher for synchronous block ciphers</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ablkcipher for asynchronous block ciphers</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>cipher for single block ciphers that may be used with
+ an additional template</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>shash for synchronous message digest</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ahash for asynchronous message digest</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>aead for AEAD cipher type</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>compression for compression type transformations</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>rng for random number generator</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>givcipher for cipher with associated IV generator
+ (see the geniv entry below for the specification of the
+ IV generator type used by the cipher implementation)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>blocksize: blocksize of cipher in bytes</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>keysize: key size in bytes</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ivsize: IV size in bytes</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>seedsize: required size of seed data for random number
+ generator</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>digestsize: output size of the message digest</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>geniv: IV generation type:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>eseqiv for encrypted sequence number based IV
+ generation</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>seqiv for sequence number based IV generation</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>chainiv for chain iv generation</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&lt;builtin&gt; is a marker that the cipher implements
+ IV generation and handling as it is specific to the given
+ cipher</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Key Sizes</title>
+ <para>
+ When allocating a cipher handle, the caller only specifies the
+ cipher type. Symmetric ciphers, however, typically support
+ multiple key sizes (e.g. AES-128 vs. AES-192 vs. AES-256).
+ These key sizes are determined with the length of the provided
+ key. Thus, the kernel crypto API does not provide a separate
+ way to select the particular symmetric cipher key size.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Cipher Allocation Type And Masks</title>
+ <para>
+ The different cipher handle allocation functions allow the
+ specification of a type and mask flag. Both parameters have
+ the following meaning (and are therefore not covered in the
+ subsequent sections).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The type flag specifies the type of the cipher algorithm.
+ The caller usually provides a 0 when the caller wants the
+ default handling. Otherwise, the caller may provide the
+ following selections which match the the aforementioned
+ cipher types:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_CIPHER Single block cipher</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_COMPRESS Compression</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_AEAD Authenticated Encryption with
+ Associated Data (MAC)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_BLKCIPHER Synchronous multi-block cipher</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_ABLKCIPHER Asynchronous multi-block cipher</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_GIVCIPHER Asynchronous multi-block
+ cipher packed together with an IV generator (see geniv field
+ in the /proc/crypto listing for the known IV generators)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_DIGEST Raw message digest</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_HASH Alias for CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_DIGEST</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_SHASH Synchronous multi-block hash</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_AHASH Asynchronous multi-block hash</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_RNG Random Number Generation</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_PCOMPRESS Enhanced version of
+ CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_COMPRESS allowing for segmented compression /
+ decompression instead of performing the operation on one
+ segment only. CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_PCOMPRESS is intended to replace
+ CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_COMPRESS once existing consumers are converted.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ The mask flag restricts the type of cipher. The only allowed
+ flag is CRYPTO_ALG_ASYNC to restrict the cipher lookup function
+ to asynchronous ciphers. Usually, a caller provides a 0 for the
+ mask flag.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ When the caller provides a mask and type specification, the
+ caller limits the search the kernel crypto API can perform for
+ a suitable cipher implementation for the given cipher name.
+ That means, even when a caller uses a cipher name that exists
+ during its initialization call, the kernel crypto API may not
+ select it due to the used type and mask field.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="Development"><title>Developing Cipher Algorithms</title>
+ <sect1><title>Registering And Unregistering Transformation</title>
+ <para>
+ There are three distinct types of registration functions in
+ the Crypto API. One is used to register a generic cryptographic
+ transformation, while the other two are specific to HASH
+ transformations and COMPRESSion. We will discuss the latter
+ two in a separate chapter, here we will only look at the
+ generic ones.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Before discussing the register functions, the data structure
+ to be filled with each, struct crypto_alg, must be considered
+ -- see below for a description of this data structure.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The generic registration functions can be found in
+ include/linux/crypto.h and their definition can be seen below.
+ The former function registers a single transformation, while
+ the latter works on an array of transformation descriptions.
+ The latter is useful when registering transformations in bulk.
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+ int crypto_register_alg(struct crypto_alg *alg);
+ int crypto_register_algs(struct crypto_alg *algs, int count);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ The counterparts to those functions are listed below.
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+ int crypto_unregister_alg(struct crypto_alg *alg);
+ int crypto_unregister_algs(struct crypto_alg *algs, int count);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ Notice that both registration and unregistration functions
+ do return a value, so make sure to handle errors. A return
+ code of zero implies success. Any return code &lt; 0 implies
+ an error.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The bulk registration / unregistration functions require
+ that struct crypto_alg is an array of count size. These
+ functions simply loop over that array and register /
+ unregister each individual algorithm. If an error occurs,
+ the loop is terminated at the offending algorithm definition.
+ That means, the algorithms prior to the offending algorithm
+ are successfully registered. Note, the caller has no way of
+ knowing which cipher implementations have successfully
+ registered. If this is important to know, the caller should
+ loop through the different implementations using the single
+ instance *_alg functions for each individual implementation.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Single-Block Symmetric Ciphers [CIPHER]</title>
+ <para>
+ Example of transformations: aes, arc4, ...
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This section describes the simplest of all transformation
+ implementations, that being the CIPHER type used for symmetric
+ ciphers. The CIPHER type is used for transformations which
+ operate on exactly one block at a time and there are no
+ dependencies between blocks at all.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2><title>Registration specifics</title>
+ <para>
+ The registration of [CIPHER] algorithm is specific in that
+ struct crypto_alg field .cra_type is empty. The .cra_u.cipher
+ has to be filled in with proper callbacks to implement this
+ transformation.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ See struct cipher_alg below.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Cipher Definition With struct cipher_alg</title>
+ <para>
+ Struct cipher_alg defines a single block cipher.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Here are schematics of how these functions are called when
+ operated from other part of the kernel. Note that the
+ .cia_setkey() call might happen before or after any of these
+ schematics happen, but must not happen during any of these
+ are in-flight.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <programlisting>
+ KEY ---. PLAINTEXT ---.
+ v v
+ .cia_setkey() -&gt; .cia_encrypt()
+ |
+ '-----&gt; CIPHERTEXT
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Please note that a pattern where .cia_setkey() is called
+ multiple times is also valid:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <programlisting>
+
+ KEY1 --. PLAINTEXT1 --. KEY2 --. PLAINTEXT2 --.
+ v v v v
+ .cia_setkey() -&gt; .cia_encrypt() -&gt; .cia_setkey() -&gt; .cia_encrypt()
+ | |
+ '---&gt; CIPHERTEXT1 '---&gt; CIPHERTEXT2
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Multi-Block Ciphers [BLKCIPHER] [ABLKCIPHER]</title>
+ <para>
+ Example of transformations: cbc(aes), ecb(arc4), ...
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This section describes the multi-block cipher transformation
+ implementations for both synchronous [BLKCIPHER] and
+ asynchronous [ABLKCIPHER] case. The multi-block ciphers are
+ used for transformations which operate on scatterlists of
+ data supplied to the transformation functions. They output
+ the result into a scatterlist of data as well.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2><title>Registration Specifics</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The registration of [BLKCIPHER] or [ABLKCIPHER] algorithms
+ is one of the most standard procedures throughout the crypto API.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Note, if a cipher implementation requires a proper alignment
+ of data, the caller should use the functions of
+ crypto_blkcipher_alignmask() or crypto_ablkcipher_alignmask()
+ respectively to identify a memory alignment mask. The kernel
+ crypto API is able to process requests that are unaligned.
+ This implies, however, additional overhead as the kernel
+ crypto API needs to perform the realignment of the data which
+ may imply moving of data.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Cipher Definition With struct blkcipher_alg and ablkcipher_alg</title>
+ <para>
+ Struct blkcipher_alg defines a synchronous block cipher whereas
+ struct ablkcipher_alg defines an asynchronous block cipher.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Please refer to the single block cipher description for schematics
+ of the block cipher usage. The usage patterns are exactly the same
+ for [ABLKCIPHER] and [BLKCIPHER] as they are for plain [CIPHER].
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Specifics Of Asynchronous Multi-Block Cipher</title>
+ <para>
+ There are a couple of specifics to the [ABLKCIPHER] interface.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ First of all, some of the drivers will want to use the
+ Generic ScatterWalk in case the hardware needs to be fed
+ separate chunks of the scatterlist which contains the
+ plaintext and will contain the ciphertext. Please refer
+ to the ScatterWalk interface offered by the Linux kernel
+ scatter / gather list implementation.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Hashing [HASH]</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Example of transformations: crc32, md5, sha1, sha256,...
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2><title>Registering And Unregistering The Transformation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ There are multiple ways to register a HASH transformation,
+ depending on whether the transformation is synchronous [SHASH]
+ or asynchronous [AHASH] and the amount of HASH transformations
+ we are registering. You can find the prototypes defined in
+ include/crypto/internal/hash.h:
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+ int crypto_register_ahash(struct ahash_alg *alg);
+
+ int crypto_register_shash(struct shash_alg *alg);
+ int crypto_register_shashes(struct shash_alg *algs, int count);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ The respective counterparts for unregistering the HASH
+ transformation are as follows:
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+ int crypto_unregister_ahash(struct ahash_alg *alg);
+
+ int crypto_unregister_shash(struct shash_alg *alg);
+ int crypto_unregister_shashes(struct shash_alg *algs, int count);
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Cipher Definition With struct shash_alg and ahash_alg</title>
+ <para>
+ Here are schematics of how these functions are called when
+ operated from other part of the kernel. Note that the .setkey()
+ call might happen before or after any of these schematics happen,
+ but must not happen during any of these are in-flight. Please note
+ that calling .init() followed immediately by .finish() is also a
+ perfectly valid transformation.
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+ I) DATA -----------.
+ v
+ .init() -&gt; .update() -&gt; .final() ! .update() might not be called
+ ^ | | at all in this scenario.
+ '----' '---&gt; HASH
+
+ II) DATA -----------.-----------.
+ v v
+ .init() -&gt; .update() -&gt; .finup() ! .update() may not be called
+ ^ | | at all in this scenario.
+ '----' '---&gt; HASH
+
+ III) DATA -----------.
+ v
+ .digest() ! The entire process is handled
+ | by the .digest() call.
+ '---------------&gt; HASH
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ Here is a schematic of how the .export()/.import() functions are
+ called when used from another part of the kernel.
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+ KEY--. DATA--.
+ v v ! .update() may not be called
+ .setkey() -&gt; .init() -&gt; .update() -&gt; .export() at all in this scenario.
+ ^ | |
+ '-----' '--&gt; PARTIAL_HASH
+
+ ----------- other transformations happen here -----------
+
+ PARTIAL_HASH--. DATA1--.
+ v v
+ .import -&gt; .update() -&gt; .final() ! .update() may not be called
+ ^ | | at all in this scenario.
+ '----' '--&gt; HASH1
+
+ PARTIAL_HASH--. DATA2-.
+ v v
+ .import -&gt; .finup()
+ |
+ '---------------&gt; HASH2
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Specifics Of Asynchronous HASH Transformation</title>
+ <para>
+ Some of the drivers will want to use the Generic ScatterWalk
+ in case the implementation needs to be fed separate chunks of the
+ scatterlist which contains the input data. The buffer containing
+ the resulting hash will always be properly aligned to
+ .cra_alignmask so there is no need to worry about this.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="API"><title>Programming Interface</title>
+ <sect1><title>Block Cipher Context Data Structures</title>
+!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Block Cipher Context Data Structures
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Block Cipher Algorithm Definitions</title>
+!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Block Cipher Algorithm Definitions
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alg
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_alg
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_alg
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h blkcipher_alg
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h cipher_alg
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h rng_alg
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Asynchronous Block Cipher API</title>
+!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous Block Cipher API
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_ablkcipher
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_ablkcipher
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_ablkcipher
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_ivsize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_blocksize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_setkey
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_reqtfm
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_encrypt
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_decrypt
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle</title>
+!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_reqsize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_tfm
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_alloc
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_free
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_callback
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_crypt
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Authenticated Encryption With Associated Data (AEAD) Cipher API</title>
+!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Authenticated Encryption With Associated Data (AEAD) Cipher API
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_aead
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_aead
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_ivsize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_authsize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_blocksize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_setkey
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_setauthsize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_encrypt
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_decrypt
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Asynchronous AEAD Request Handle</title>
+!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous AEAD Request Handle
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_reqsize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_tfm
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_alloc
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_free
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_callback
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_crypt
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_assoc
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Synchronous Block Cipher API</title>
+!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Synchronous Block Cipher API
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_blkcipher
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_blkcipher
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_blkcipher
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_name
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_ivsize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_blocksize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_setkey
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_encrypt
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_encrypt_iv
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_decrypt
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_decrypt_iv
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_set_iv
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_get_iv
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Single Block Cipher API</title>
+!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Single Block Cipher API
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_cipher
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_cipher
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_cipher
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_blocksize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_setkey
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_encrypt_one
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_decrypt_one
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Synchronous Message Digest API</title>
+!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Synchronous Message Digest API
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_hash
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_hash
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_hash
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_blocksize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_digestsize
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_init
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_update
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_final
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_digest
+!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_setkey
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Message Digest Algorithm Definitions</title>
+!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Message Digest Algorithm Definitions
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h hash_alg_common
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_alg
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h shash_alg
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Asynchronous Message Digest API</title>
+!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Asynchronous Message Digest API
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_alloc_ahash
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_free_ahash
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_init
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_digestsize
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_reqtfm
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_reqsize
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_setkey
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_finup
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_final
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_digest
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_export
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_import
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Asynchronous Hash Request Handle</title>
+!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Asynchronous Hash Request Handle
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_set_tfm
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_alloc
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_free
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_set_callback
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_set_crypt
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Synchronous Message Digest API</title>
+!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Synchronous Message Digest API
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_alloc_shash
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_free_shash
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_blocksize
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_digestsize
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_descsize
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_setkey
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_digest
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_export
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_import
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_init
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_update
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_final
+!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_finup
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Crypto API Random Number API</title>
+!Pinclude/crypto/rng.h Random number generator API
+!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_alloc_rng
+!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_alg
+!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_free_rng
+!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_get_bytes
+!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_reset
+!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_seedsize
+!Cinclude/crypto/rng.h
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="Code"><title>Code Examples</title>
+ <sect1><title>Code Example For Asynchronous Block Cipher Operation</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+struct tcrypt_result {
+ struct completion completion;
+ int err;
+};
+
+/* tie all data structures together */
+struct ablkcipher_def {
+ struct scatterlist sg;
+ struct crypto_ablkcipher *tfm;
+ struct ablkcipher_request *req;
+ struct tcrypt_result result;
+};
+
+/* Callback function */
+static void test_ablkcipher_cb(struct crypto_async_request *req, int error)
+{
+ struct tcrypt_result *result = req-&gt;data;
+
+ if (error == -EINPROGRESS)
+ return;
+ result-&gt;err = error;
+ complete(&amp;result-&gt;completion);
+ pr_info("Encryption finished successfully\n");
+}
+
+/* Perform cipher operation */
+static unsigned int test_ablkcipher_encdec(struct ablkcipher_def *ablk,
+ int enc)
+{
+ int rc = 0;
+
+ if (enc)
+ rc = crypto_ablkcipher_encrypt(ablk-&gt;req);
+ else
+ rc = crypto_ablkcipher_decrypt(ablk-&gt;req);
+
+ switch (rc) {
+ case 0:
+ break;
+ case -EINPROGRESS:
+ case -EBUSY:
+ rc = wait_for_completion_interruptible(
+ &amp;ablk-&gt;result.completion);
+ if (!rc &amp;&amp; !ablk-&gt;result.err) {
+ reinit_completion(&amp;ablk-&gt;result.completion);
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ pr_info("ablkcipher encrypt returned with %d result %d\n",
+ rc, ablk-&gt;result.err);
+ break;
+ }
+ init_completion(&amp;ablk-&gt;result.completion);
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/* Initialize and trigger cipher operation */
+static int test_ablkcipher(void)
+{
+ struct ablkcipher_def ablk;
+ struct crypto_ablkcipher *ablkcipher = NULL;
+ struct ablkcipher_request *req = NULL;
+ char *scratchpad = NULL;
+ char *ivdata = NULL;
+ unsigned char key[32];
+ int ret = -EFAULT;
+
+ ablkcipher = crypto_alloc_ablkcipher("cbc-aes-aesni", 0, 0);
+ if (IS_ERR(ablkcipher)) {
+ pr_info("could not allocate ablkcipher handle\n");
+ return PTR_ERR(ablkcipher);
+ }
+
+ req = ablkcipher_request_alloc(ablkcipher, GFP_KERNEL);
+ if (IS_ERR(req)) {
+ pr_info("could not allocate request queue\n");
+ ret = PTR_ERR(req);
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ ablkcipher_request_set_callback(req, CRYPTO_TFM_REQ_MAY_BACKLOG,
+ test_ablkcipher_cb,
+ &amp;ablk.result);
+
+ /* AES 256 with random key */
+ get_random_bytes(&amp;key, 32);
+ if (crypto_ablkcipher_setkey(ablkcipher, key, 32)) {
+ pr_info("key could not be set\n");
+ ret = -EAGAIN;
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ /* IV will be random */
+ ivdata = kmalloc(16, GFP_KERNEL);
+ if (!ivdata) {
+ pr_info("could not allocate ivdata\n");
+ goto out;
+ }
+ get_random_bytes(ivdata, 16);
+
+ /* Input data will be random */
+ scratchpad = kmalloc(16, GFP_KERNEL);
+ if (!scratchpad) {
+ pr_info("could not allocate scratchpad\n");
+ goto out;
+ }
+ get_random_bytes(scratchpad, 16);
+
+ ablk.tfm = ablkcipher;
+ ablk.req = req;
+
+ /* We encrypt one block */
+ sg_init_one(&amp;ablk.sg, scratchpad, 16);
+ ablkcipher_request_set_crypt(req, &amp;ablk.sg, &amp;ablk.sg, 16, ivdata);
+ init_completion(&amp;ablk.result.completion);
+
+ /* encrypt data */
+ ret = test_ablkcipher_encdec(&amp;ablk, 1);
+ if (ret)
+ goto out;
+
+ pr_info("Encryption triggered successfully\n");
+
+out:
+ if (ablkcipher)
+ crypto_free_ablkcipher(ablkcipher);
+ if (req)
+ ablkcipher_request_free(req);
+ if (ivdata)
+ kfree(ivdata);
+ if (scratchpad)
+ kfree(scratchpad);
+ return ret;
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Code Example For Synchronous Block Cipher Operation</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+static int test_blkcipher(void)
+{
+ struct crypto_blkcipher *blkcipher = NULL;
+ char *cipher = "cbc(aes)";
+ // AES 128
+ charkey =
+"\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef";
+ chariv =
+"\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef";
+ unsigned int ivsize = 0;
+ char *scratchpad = NULL; // holds plaintext and ciphertext
+ struct scatterlist sg;
+ struct blkcipher_desc desc;
+ int ret = -EFAULT;
+
+ blkcipher = crypto_alloc_blkcipher(cipher, 0, 0);
+ if (IS_ERR(blkcipher)) {
+ printk("could not allocate blkcipher handle for %s\n", cipher);
+ return -PTR_ERR(blkcipher);
+ }
+
+ if (crypto_blkcipher_setkey(blkcipher, key, strlen(key))) {
+ printk("key could not be set\n");
+ ret = -EAGAIN;
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ ivsize = crypto_blkcipher_ivsize(blkcipher);
+ if (ivsize) {
+ if (ivsize != strlen(iv))
+ printk("IV length differs from expected length\n");
+ crypto_blkcipher_set_iv(blkcipher, iv, ivsize);
+ }
+
+ scratchpad = kmalloc(crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher), GFP_KERNEL);
+ if (!scratchpad) {
+ printk("could not allocate scratchpad for %s\n", cipher);
+ goto out;
+ }
+ /* get some random data that we want to encrypt */
+ get_random_bytes(scratchpad, crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher));
+
+ desc.flags = 0;
+ desc.tfm = blkcipher;
+ sg_init_one(&amp;sg, scratchpad, crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher));
+
+ /* encrypt data in place */
+ crypto_blkcipher_encrypt(&amp;desc, &amp;sg, &amp;sg,
+ crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher));
+
+ /* decrypt data in place
+ * crypto_blkcipher_decrypt(&amp;desc, &amp;sg, &amp;sg,
+ */ crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher));
+
+
+ printk("Cipher operation completed\n");
+ return 0;
+
+out:
+ if (blkcipher)
+ crypto_free_blkcipher(blkcipher);
+ if (scratchpad)
+ kzfree(scratchpad);
+ return ret;
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Code Example For Use of Operational State Memory With SHASH</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+struct sdesc {
+ struct shash_desc shash;
+ char ctx[];
+};
+
+static struct sdescinit_sdesc(struct crypto_shash *alg)
+{
+ struct sdescsdesc;
+ int size;
+
+ size = sizeof(struct shash_desc) + crypto_shash_descsize(alg);
+ sdesc = kmalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL);
+ if (!sdesc)
+ return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
+ sdesc-&gt;shash.tfm = alg;
+ sdesc-&gt;shash.flags = 0x0;
+ return sdesc;
+}
+
+static int calc_hash(struct crypto_shashalg,
+ const unsigned chardata, unsigned int datalen,
+ unsigned chardigest) {
+ struct sdescsdesc;
+ int ret;
+
+ sdesc = init_sdesc(alg);
+ if (IS_ERR(sdesc)) {
+ pr_info("trusted_key: can't alloc %s\n", hash_alg);
+ return PTR_ERR(sdesc);
+ }
+
+ ret = crypto_shash_digest(&amp;sdesc-&gt;shash, data, datalen, digest);
+ kfree(sdesc);
+ return ret;
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Code Example For Random Number Generator Usage</title>
+ <programlisting>
+
+static int get_random_numbers(u8 *buf, unsigned int len)
+{
+ struct crypto_rngrng = NULL;
+ chardrbg = "drbg_nopr_sha256"; /* Hash DRBG with SHA-256, no PR */
+ int ret;
+
+ if (!buf || !len) {
+ pr_debug("No output buffer provided\n");
+ return -EINVAL;
+ }
+
+ rng = crypto_alloc_rng(drbg, 0, 0);
+ if (IS_ERR(rng)) {
+ pr_debug("could not allocate RNG handle for %s\n", drbg);
+ return -PTR_ERR(rng);
+ }
+
+ ret = crypto_rng_get_bytes(rng, buf, len);
+ if (ret &lt; 0)
+ pr_debug("generation of random numbers failed\n");
+ else if (ret == 0)
+ pr_debug("RNG returned no data");
+ else
+ pr_debug("RNG returned %d bytes of data\n", ret);
+
+out:
+ crypto_free_rng(rng);
+ return ret;
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ </book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
index be35bc3..4b592ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
@@ -492,10 +492,10 @@ char *date;</synopsis>
<sect2>
<title>The Translation Table Manager (TTM)</title>
<para>
- TTM design background and information belongs here.
+ TTM design background and information belongs here.
</para>
<sect3>
- <title>TTM initialization</title>
+ <title>TTM initialization</title>
<warning><para>This section is outdated.</para></warning>
<para>
Drivers wishing to support TTM must fill out a drm_bo_driver
@@ -503,42 +503,42 @@ char *date;</synopsis>
pointers for initializing the TTM, allocating and freeing memory,
waiting for command completion and fence synchronization, and memory
migration. See the radeon_ttm.c file for an example of usage.
- </para>
- <para>
- The ttm_global_reference structure is made up of several fields:
- </para>
- <programlisting>
- struct ttm_global_reference {
- enum ttm_global_types global_type;
- size_t size;
- void *object;
- int (*init) (struct ttm_global_reference *);
- void (*release) (struct ttm_global_reference *);
- };
- </programlisting>
- <para>
- There should be one global reference structure for your memory
- manager as a whole, and there will be others for each object
- created by the memory manager at runtime. Your global TTM should
- have a type of TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_MEM. The size field for the global
- object should be sizeof(struct ttm_mem_global), and the init and
- release hooks should point at your driver-specific init and
- release routines, which probably eventually call
- ttm_mem_global_init and ttm_mem_global_release, respectively.
- </para>
- <para>
- Once your global TTM accounting structure is set up and initialized
- by calling ttm_global_item_ref() on it,
- you need to create a buffer object TTM to
- provide a pool for buffer object allocation by clients and the
- kernel itself. The type of this object should be TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_BO,
- and its size should be sizeof(struct ttm_bo_global). Again,
- driver-specific init and release functions may be provided,
- likely eventually calling ttm_bo_global_init() and
- ttm_bo_global_release(), respectively. Also, like the previous
- object, ttm_global_item_ref() is used to create an initial reference
- count for the TTM, which will call your initialization function.
- </para>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The ttm_global_reference structure is made up of several fields:
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+ struct ttm_global_reference {
+ enum ttm_global_types global_type;
+ size_t size;
+ void *object;
+ int (*init) (struct ttm_global_reference *);
+ void (*release) (struct ttm_global_reference *);
+ };
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ There should be one global reference structure for your memory
+ manager as a whole, and there will be others for each object
+ created by the memory manager at runtime. Your global TTM should
+ have a type of TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_MEM. The size field for the global
+ object should be sizeof(struct ttm_mem_global), and the init and
+ release hooks should point at your driver-specific init and
+ release routines, which probably eventually call
+ ttm_mem_global_init and ttm_mem_global_release, respectively.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Once your global TTM accounting structure is set up and initialized
+ by calling ttm_global_item_ref() on it,
+ you need to create a buffer object TTM to
+ provide a pool for buffer object allocation by clients and the
+ kernel itself. The type of this object should be TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_BO,
+ and its size should be sizeof(struct ttm_bo_global). Again,
+ driver-specific init and release functions may be provided,
+ likely eventually calling ttm_bo_global_init() and
+ ttm_bo_global_release(), respectively. Also, like the previous
+ object, ttm_global_item_ref() is used to create an initial reference
+ count for the TTM, which will call your initialization function.
+ </para>
</sect3>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="drm-gem">
@@ -566,19 +566,19 @@ char *date;</synopsis>
using driver-specific ioctls.
</para>
<para>
- On a fundamental level, GEM involves several operations:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>Memory allocation and freeing</listitem>
- <listitem>Command execution</listitem>
- <listitem>Aperture management at command execution time</listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- Buffer object allocation is relatively straightforward and largely
+ On a fundamental level, GEM involves several operations:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>Memory allocation and freeing</listitem>
+ <listitem>Command execution</listitem>
+ <listitem>Aperture management at command execution time</listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ Buffer object allocation is relatively straightforward and largely
provided by Linux's shmem layer, which provides memory to back each
object.
</para>
<para>
Device-specific operations, such as command execution, pinning, buffer
- read &amp; write, mapping, and domain ownership transfers are left to
+ read &amp; write, mapping, and domain ownership transfers are left to
driver-specific ioctls.
</para>
<sect3>
@@ -738,16 +738,16 @@ char *date;</synopsis>
respectively. The conversion is handled by the DRM core without any
driver-specific support.
</para>
- <para>
- GEM also supports buffer sharing with dma-buf file descriptors through
- PRIME. GEM-based drivers must use the provided helpers functions to
- implement the exporting and importing correctly. See <xref linkend="drm-prime-support" />.
- Since sharing file descriptors is inherently more secure than the
- easily guessable and global GEM names it is the preferred buffer
- sharing mechanism. Sharing buffers through GEM names is only supported
- for legacy userspace. Furthermore PRIME also allows cross-device
- buffer sharing since it is based on dma-bufs.
- </para>
+ <para>
+ GEM also supports buffer sharing with dma-buf file descriptors through
+ PRIME. GEM-based drivers must use the provided helpers functions to
+ implement the exporting and importing correctly. See <xref linkend="drm-prime-support" />.
+ Since sharing file descriptors is inherently more secure than the
+ easily guessable and global GEM names it is the preferred buffer
+ sharing mechanism. Sharing buffers through GEM names is only supported
+ for legacy userspace. Furthermore PRIME also allows cross-device
+ buffer sharing since it is based on dma-bufs.
+ </para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="drm-gem-objects-mapping">
<title>GEM Objects Mapping</title>
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ char *date;</synopsis>
<sect3>
<title>Command Execution</title>
<para>
- Perhaps the most important GEM function for GPU devices is providing a
+ Perhaps the most important GEM function for GPU devices is providing a
command execution interface to clients. Client programs construct
command buffers containing references to previously allocated memory
objects, and then submit them to GEM. At that point, GEM takes care to
@@ -874,95 +874,101 @@ char *date;</synopsis>
<title>GEM Function Reference</title>
!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_gem.c
</sect3>
- </sect2>
- <sect2>
- <title>VMA Offset Manager</title>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>VMA Offset Manager</title>
!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_vma_manager.c vma offset manager
!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_vma_manager.c
!Iinclude/drm/drm_vma_manager.h
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="drm-prime-support">
- <title>PRIME Buffer Sharing</title>
- <para>
- PRIME is the cross device buffer sharing framework in drm, originally
- created for the OPTIMUS range of multi-gpu platforms. To userspace
- PRIME buffers are dma-buf based file descriptors.
- </para>
- <sect3>
- <title>Overview and Driver Interface</title>
- <para>
- Similar to GEM global names, PRIME file descriptors are
- also used to share buffer objects across processes. They offer
- additional security: as file descriptors must be explicitly sent over
- UNIX domain sockets to be shared between applications, they can't be
- guessed like the globally unique GEM names.
- </para>
- <para>
- Drivers that support the PRIME
- API must set the DRIVER_PRIME bit in the struct
- <structname>drm_driver</structname>
- <structfield>driver_features</structfield> field, and implement the
- <methodname>prime_handle_to_fd</methodname> and
- <methodname>prime_fd_to_handle</methodname> operations.
- </para>
- <para>
- <synopsis>int (*prime_handle_to_fd)(struct drm_device *dev,
- struct drm_file *file_priv, uint32_t handle,
- uint32_t flags, int *prime_fd);
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="drm-prime-support">
+ <title>PRIME Buffer Sharing</title>
+ <para>
+ PRIME is the cross device buffer sharing framework in drm, originally
+ created for the OPTIMUS range of multi-gpu platforms. To userspace
+ PRIME buffers are dma-buf based file descriptors.
+ </para>
+ <sect3>
+ <title>Overview and Driver Interface</title>
+ <para>
+ Similar to GEM global names, PRIME file descriptors are
+ also used to share buffer objects across processes. They offer
+ additional security: as file descriptors must be explicitly sent over
+ UNIX domain sockets to be shared between applications, they can't be
+ guessed like the globally unique GEM names.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Drivers that support the PRIME
+ API must set the DRIVER_PRIME bit in the struct
+ <structname>drm_driver</structname>
+ <structfield>driver_features</structfield> field, and implement the
+ <methodname>prime_handle_to_fd</methodname> and
+ <methodname>prime_fd_to_handle</methodname> operations.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <synopsis>int (*prime_handle_to_fd)(struct drm_device *dev,
+ struct drm_file *file_priv, uint32_t handle,
+ uint32_t flags, int *prime_fd);
int (*prime_fd_to_handle)(struct drm_device *dev,
- struct drm_file *file_priv, int prime_fd,
- uint32_t *handle);</synopsis>
- Those two operations convert a handle to a PRIME file descriptor and
- vice versa. Drivers must use the kernel dma-buf buffer sharing framework
- to manage the PRIME file descriptors. Similar to the mode setting
- API PRIME is agnostic to the underlying buffer object manager, as
- long as handles are 32bit unsigned integers.
- </para>
- <para>
- While non-GEM drivers must implement the operations themselves, GEM
- drivers must use the <function>drm_gem_prime_handle_to_fd</function>
- and <function>drm_gem_prime_fd_to_handle</function> helper functions.
- Those helpers rely on the driver
- <methodname>gem_prime_export</methodname> and
- <methodname>gem_prime_import</methodname> operations to create a dma-buf
- instance from a GEM object (dma-buf exporter role) and to create a GEM
- object from a dma-buf instance (dma-buf importer role).
- </para>
- <para>
- <synopsis>struct dma_buf * (*gem_prime_export)(struct drm_device *dev,
- struct drm_gem_object *obj,
- int flags);
+ struct drm_file *file_priv, int prime_fd,
+ uint32_t *handle);</synopsis>
+ Those two operations convert a handle to a PRIME file descriptor and
+ vice versa. Drivers must use the kernel dma-buf buffer sharing framework
+ to manage the PRIME file descriptors. Similar to the mode setting
+ API PRIME is agnostic to the underlying buffer object manager, as
+ long as handles are 32bit unsigned integers.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ While non-GEM drivers must implement the operations themselves, GEM
+ drivers must use the <function>drm_gem_prime_handle_to_fd</function>
+ and <function>drm_gem_prime_fd_to_handle</function> helper functions.
+ Those helpers rely on the driver
+ <methodname>gem_prime_export</methodname> and
+ <methodname>gem_prime_import</methodname> operations to create a dma-buf
+ instance from a GEM object (dma-buf exporter role) and to create a GEM
+ object from a dma-buf instance (dma-buf importer role).
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <synopsis>struct dma_buf * (*gem_prime_export)(struct drm_device *dev,
+ struct drm_gem_object *obj,
+ int flags);
struct drm_gem_object * (*gem_prime_import)(struct drm_device *dev,
- struct dma_buf *dma_buf);</synopsis>
- These two operations are mandatory for GEM drivers that support
- PRIME.
- </para>
- </sect3>
- <sect3>
- <title>PRIME Helper Functions</title>
-!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c PRIME Helpers
+ struct dma_buf *dma_buf);</synopsis>
+ These two operations are mandatory for GEM drivers that support
+ PRIME.
+ </para>
</sect3>
- </sect2>
- <sect2>
- <title>PRIME Function References</title>
+ <sect3>
+ <title>PRIME Helper Functions</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c PRIME Helpers
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>PRIME Function References</title>
!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c
- </sect2>
- <sect2>
- <title>DRM MM Range Allocator</title>
- <sect3>
- <title>Overview</title>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>DRM MM Range Allocator</title>
+ <sect3>
+ <title>Overview</title>
!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c Overview
- </sect3>
- <sect3>
- <title>LRU Scan/Eviction Support</title>
+ </sect3>
+ <sect3>
+ <title>LRU Scan/Eviction Support</title>
!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c lru scan roaster
- </sect3>
+ </sect3>
</sect2>
- <sect2>
- <title>DRM MM Range Allocator Function References</title>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>DRM MM Range Allocator Function References</title>
!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c
!Iinclude/drm/drm_mm.h
- </sect2>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>CMA Helper Functions Reference</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_gem_cma_helper.c cma helpers
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_gem_cma_helper.c
+!Iinclude/drm/drm_gem_cma_helper.h
+ </sect2>
</sect1>
<!-- Internals: mode setting -->
@@ -996,6 +1002,10 @@ int max_width, max_height;</synopsis>
!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_modes.c
</sect2>
<sect2>
+ <title>Atomic Mode Setting Function Reference</title>
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
<title>Frame Buffer Creation</title>
<synopsis>struct drm_framebuffer *(*fb_create)(struct drm_device *dev,
struct drm_file *file_priv,
@@ -1827,6 +1837,10 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c
</sect2>
<sect2>
+ <title>KMS Data Structures</title>
+!Iinclude/drm/drm_crtc.h
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
<title>KMS Locking</title>
!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_modeset_lock.c kms locking
!Iinclude/drm/drm_modeset_lock.h
@@ -1933,10 +1947,16 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
and then retrieves a list of modes by calling the connector
<methodname>get_modes</methodname> helper operation.
</para>
+ <para>
+ If the helper operation returns no mode, and if the connector status
+ is connector_status_connected, standard VESA DMT modes up to
+ 1024x768 are automatically added to the modes list by a call to
+ <function>drm_add_modes_noedid</function>.
+ </para>
<para>
- The function filters out modes larger than
+ The function then filters out modes larger than
<parameter>max_width</parameter> and <parameter>max_height</parameter>
- if specified. It then calls the optional connector
+ if specified. It finally calls the optional connector
<methodname>mode_valid</methodname> helper operation for each mode in
the probed list to check whether the mode is valid for the connector.
</para>
@@ -2076,12 +2096,20 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
<synopsis>int (*get_modes)(struct drm_connector *connector);</synopsis>
<para>
Fill the connector's <structfield>probed_modes</structfield> list
- by parsing EDID data with <function>drm_add_edid_modes</function> or
- calling <function>drm_mode_probed_add</function> directly for every
+ by parsing EDID data with <function>drm_add_edid_modes</function>,
+ adding standard VESA DMT modes with <function>drm_add_modes_noedid</function>,
+ or calling <function>drm_mode_probed_add</function> directly for every
supported mode and return the number of modes it has detected. This
operation is mandatory.
</para>
<para>
+ Note that the caller function will automatically add standard VESA
+ DMT modes up to 1024x768 if the <methodname>get_modes</methodname>
+ helper operation returns no mode and if the connector status is
+ connector_status_connected. There is no need to call
+ <function>drm_add_edid_modes</function> manually in that case.
+ </para>
+ <para>
When adding modes manually the driver creates each mode with a call to
<function>drm_mode_create</function> and must fill the following fields.
<itemizedlist>
@@ -2278,7 +2306,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
<function>drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes</function>.
</para>
<para>
- When parsing EDID data, <function>drm_add_edid_modes</function> fill the
+ When parsing EDID data, <function>drm_add_edid_modes</function> fills the
connector <structfield>display_info</structfield>
<structfield>width_mm</structfield> and
<structfield>height_mm</structfield> fields. When creating modes
@@ -2316,8 +2344,26 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
<sect2>
+ <title>Atomic Modeset Helper Functions Reference</title>
+ <sect3>
+ <title>Overview</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c overview
+ </sect3>
+ <sect3>
+ <title>Implementing Asynchronous Atomic Commit</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c implementing async commit
+ </sect3>
+ <sect3>
+ <title>Atomic State Reset and Initialization</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c atomic state reset and initialization
+ </sect3>
+!Iinclude/drm/drm_atomic_helper.h
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
<title>Modeset Helper Functions Reference</title>
!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c overview
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Output Probing Helper Functions Reference</title>
@@ -2343,6 +2389,12 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_mst_topology.c
</sect2>
<sect2>
+ <title>MIPI DSI Helper Functions Reference</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mipi_dsi.c dsi helpers
+!Iinclude/drm/drm_mipi_dsi.h
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mipi_dsi.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
<title>EDID Helper Functions Reference</title>
!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_edid.c
</sect2>
@@ -2371,7 +2423,12 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title id="drm-kms-planehelpers">Plane Helper Reference</title>
-!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_plane_helper.c Plane Helpers
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_plane_helper.c
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_plane_helper.c overview
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Tile group</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c Tile group
</sect2>
</sect1>
@@ -2507,8 +2564,8 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
<td valign="top" >Description/Restrictions</td>
</tr>
<tr>
- <td rowspan="21" valign="top" >DRM</td>
- <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td>
+ <td rowspan="25" valign="top" >DRM</td>
+ <td rowspan="4" valign="top" >Generic</td>
<td valign="top" >“EDID”</td>
<td valign="top" >BLOB | IMMUTABLE</td>
<td valign="top" >0</td>
@@ -2523,6 +2580,20 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
<td valign="top" >Contains DPMS operation mode value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
+ <td valign="top" >“PATH”</td>
+ <td valign="top" >BLOB | IMMUTABLE</td>
+ <td valign="top" >0</td>
+ <td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+ <td valign="top" >Contains topology path to a connector.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td valign="top" >“TILE”</td>
+ <td valign="top" >BLOB | IMMUTABLE</td>
+ <td valign="top" >0</td>
+ <td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+ <td valign="top" >Contains tiling information for a connector.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
<td rowspan="1" valign="top" >Plane</td>
<td valign="top" >“type”</td>
<td valign="top" >ENUM | IMMUTABLE</td>
@@ -2638,6 +2709,21 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
</tr>
<tr>
+ <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Virtual GPU</td>
+ <td valign="top" >“suggested X”</td>
+ <td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+ <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0xffffffff</td>
+ <td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+ <td valign="top" >property to suggest an X offset for a connector</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td valign="top" >“suggested Y”</td>
+ <td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+ <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0xffffffff</td>
+ <td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+ <td valign="top" >property to suggest an Y offset for a connector</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
<td rowspan="3" valign="top" >Optional</td>
<td valign="top" >“scaling mode”</td>
<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
@@ -3788,6 +3874,26 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis>
those have basic support through the gma500 drm driver.
</para>
<sect1>
+ <title>Core Driver Infrastructure</title>
+ <para>
+ This section covers core driver infrastructure used by both the display
+ and the GEM parts of the driver.
+ </para>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Runtime Power Management</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_runtime_pm.c runtime pm
+!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_runtime_pm.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Interrupt Handling</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c interrupt handling
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_irq_init intel_irq_init_hw intel_hpd_init
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_irq_fini
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_runtime_pm_disable_interrupts
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_runtime_pm_enable_interrupts
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
<title>Display Hardware Handling</title>
<para>
This section covers everything related to the display hardware including
@@ -3804,6 +3910,18 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis>
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
+ <title>Frontbuffer Tracking</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_frontbuffer.c frontbuffer tracking
+!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_frontbuffer.c
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_drv.h intel_frontbuffer_flip
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem.c i915_gem_track_fb
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Display FIFO Underrun Reporting</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fifo_underrun.c fifo underrun handling
+!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fifo_underrun.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
<title>Plane Configuration</title>
<para>
This section covers plane configuration and composition with the
@@ -3823,6 +3941,16 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis>
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
+ <title>High Definition Audio</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_audio.c High Definition Audio over HDMI and Display Port
+!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_audio.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Panel Self Refresh PSR (PSR/SRD)</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_psr.c Panel Self Refresh (PSR/SRD)
+!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_psr.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
<title>DPIO</title>
!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_reg.h DPIO
<table id="dpiox2">
@@ -3931,6 +4059,28 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis>
!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_lrc.c
</sect2>
</sect1>
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title> Tracing </title>
+ <para>
+ This sections covers all things related to the tracepoints implemented in
+ the i915 driver.
+ </para>
+ <sect2>
+ <title> i915_ppgtt_create and i915_ppgtt_release </title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_trace.h i915_ppgtt_create and i915_ppgtt_release tracepoints
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title> i915_context_create and i915_context_free </title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_trace.h i915_context_create and i915_context_free tracepoints
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title> switch_mm </title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_trace.h switch_mm tracepoint
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
</chapter>
+!Cdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c
</part>
</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
index 0a2debf..350dfb3 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -2579,6 +2579,18 @@ fields changed from _s32 to _u32.
</orderedlist>
</section>
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 3.19</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Rewrote Colorspace chapter, added new &v4l2-ycbcr-encoding;
+and &v4l2-quantization; fields to &v4l2-pix-format;, &v4l2-pix-format-mplane;
+and &v4l2-mbus-framefmt;.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
<section id="other">
<title>Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs</title>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
index ccf6053..d5eca4b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
@@ -138,9 +138,25 @@ applicable values.</para></entry>
<row>
<entry>__u32</entry>
<entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
- <entry>Flags set by the application or driver, see <xref
+ <entry>Flags set by the application or driver, see <xref
linkend="format-flags" />.</entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-ycbcr-encoding;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>ycbcr_enc</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This information supplements the
+<structfield>colorspace</structfield> and must be set by the driver for
+capture streams and by the application for output streams,
+see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-quantization;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>quantization</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This information supplements the
+<structfield>colorspace</structfield> and must be set by the driver for
+capture streams and by the application for output streams,
+see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry>
+ </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
@@ -232,9 +248,25 @@ codes can be used.</entry>
<entry>Flags set by the application or driver, see <xref
linkend="format-flags" />.</entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-ycbcr-encoding;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>ycbcr_enc</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This information supplements the
+<structfield>colorspace</structfield> and must be set by the driver for
+capture streams and by the application for output streams,
+see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-quantization;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>quantization</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This information supplements the
+<structfield>colorspace</structfield> and must be set by the driver for
+capture streams and by the application for output streams,
+see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry>
+ </row>
<row>
<entry>__u8</entry>
- <entry><structfield>reserved[10]</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved[8]</structfield></entry>
<entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the
application.</entry>
</row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
index 18730b9..c5ea868 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
@@ -34,8 +34,24 @@
<xref linkend="colorspaces" /> for details.</entry>
</row>
<row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-ycbcr-encoding;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>ycbcr_enc</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This information supplements the
+<structfield>colorspace</structfield> and must be set by the driver for
+capture streams and by the application for output streams,
+see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-quantization;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>quantization</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This information supplements the
+<structfield>colorspace</structfield> and must be set by the driver for
+capture streams and by the application for output streams,
+see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
<entry>__u32</entry>
- <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[7]</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[6]</entry>
<entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
set the array to zero.</entry>
</row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
index 7cfe618..ac0f8d9 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
@@ -152,6 +152,15 @@ structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter
applications. -->
<revision>
+ <revnumber>3.19</revnumber>
+ <date>2014-12-05</date>
+ <authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Rewrote Colorspace chapter, added new &v4l2-ycbcr-encoding; and &v4l2-quantization; fields
+to &v4l2-pix-format;, &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; and &v4l2-mbus-framefmt;.
+ </revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
<revnumber>3.17</revnumber>
<date>2014-08-04</date>
<authorinitials>lp, hv</authorinitials>
@@ -539,7 +548,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
</partinfo>
<title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title>
- <subtitle>Revision 3.17</subtitle>
+ <subtitle>Revision 3.19</subtitle>
<chapter id="common">
&sub-common;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
index bbe9c1f..1fdc246 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ appears in sysfs.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
-<varname>unsigned long size</varname>: Fill in the size of the
+<varname>resource_size_t size</varname>: Fill in the size of the
memory block that <varname>addr</varname> points to. If <varname>size</varname>
is zero, the mapping is considered unused. Note that you
<emphasis>must</emphasis> initialize <varname>size</varname> with zero for
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
index 6b972b2..5aabc08 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
@@ -942,7 +942,11 @@ elevator_allow_merge_fn called whenever the block layer determines
request safely. The io scheduler may still
want to stop a merge at this point if it
results in some sort of conflict internally,
- this hook allows it to do that.
+ this hook allows it to do that. Note however
+ that two *requests* can still be merged at later
+ time. Currently the io scheduler has no way to
+ prevent that. It can only learn about the fact
+ from elevator_merge_req_fn callback.
elevator_dispatch_fn* fills the dispatch queue with ready requests.
I/O schedulers are free to postpone requests by
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
index 3c94ff3..f2235a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ across partially overlapping sets of CPUs would risk unstable dynamics
that would be beyond our understanding. So if each of two partially
overlapping cpusets enables the flag 'cpuset.sched_load_balance', then we
form a single sched domain that is a superset of both. We won't move
-a task to a CPU outside it cpuset, but the scheduler load balancing
+a task to a CPU outside its cpuset, but the scheduler load balancing
code might waste some compute cycles considering that possibility.
This mismatch is why there is not a simple one-to-one relation
@@ -552,8 +552,8 @@ otherwise initial value -1 that indicates the cpuset has no request.
1 : search siblings (hyperthreads in a core).
2 : search cores in a package.
3 : search cpus in a node [= system wide on non-NUMA system]
- ( 4 : search nodes in a chunk of node [on NUMA system] )
- ( 5 : search system wide [on NUMA system] )
+ 4 : search nodes in a chunk of node [on NUMA system]
+ 5 : search system wide [on NUMA system]
The system default is architecture dependent. The system default
can be changed using the relax_domain_level= boot parameter.
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
index 46b2b50..a22df3a 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ per cgroup, instead of globally.
* tcp memory pressure: sockets memory pressure for the tcp protocol.
-2.7.3 Common use cases
+2.7.2 Common use cases
Because the "kmem" counter is fed to the main user counter, kernel memory can
never be limited completely independently of user memory. Say "U" is the user
@@ -354,19 +354,19 @@ set:
3. User Interface
-0. Configuration
+3.0. Configuration
a. Enable CONFIG_CGROUPS
b. Enable CONFIG_MEMCG
c. Enable CONFIG_MEMCG_SWAP (to use swap extension)
d. Enable CONFIG_MEMCG_KMEM (to use kmem extension)
-1. Prepare the cgroups (see cgroups.txt, Why are cgroups needed?)
+3.1. Prepare the cgroups (see cgroups.txt, Why are cgroups needed?)
# mount -t tmpfs none /sys/fs/cgroup
# mkdir /sys/fs/cgroup/memory
# mount -t cgroup none /sys/fs/cgroup/memory -o memory
-2. Make the new group and move bash into it
+3.2. Make the new group and move bash into it
# mkdir /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/0
# echo $$ > /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/0/tasks
diff --git a/Documentation/clk.txt b/Documentation/clk.txt
index 1fee72f..4ff8462 100644
--- a/Documentation/clk.txt
+++ b/Documentation/clk.txt
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ the operations defined in clk.h:
long (*determine_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw,
unsigned long rate,
unsigned long *best_parent_rate,
- struct clk **best_parent_clk);
+ struct clk_hw **best_parent_clk);
int (*set_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw, u8 index);
u8 (*get_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw);
int (*set_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw,
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt b/Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac619cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+Introduction
+============
+
+The concepts of the kernel crypto API visible to kernel space is fully
+applicable to the user space interface as well. Therefore, the kernel crypto API
+high level discussion for the in-kernel use cases applies here as well.
+
+The major difference, however, is that user space can only act as a consumer
+and never as a provider of a transformation or cipher algorithm.
+
+The following covers the user space interface exported by the kernel crypto
+API. A working example of this description is libkcapi that can be obtained from
+[1]. That library can be used by user space applications that require
+cryptographic services from the kernel.
+
+Some details of the in-kernel kernel crypto API aspects do not
+apply to user space, however. This includes the difference between synchronous
+and asynchronous invocations. The user space API call is fully synchronous.
+In addition, only a subset of all cipher types are available as documented
+below.
+
+
+User space API general remarks
+==============================
+
+The kernel crypto API is accessible from user space. Currently, the following
+ciphers are accessible:
+
+ * Message digest including keyed message digest (HMAC, CMAC)
+
+ * Symmetric ciphers
+
+Note, AEAD ciphers are currently not supported via the symmetric cipher
+interface.
+
+The interface is provided via Netlink using the type AF_ALG. In addition, the
+setsockopt option type is SOL_ALG. In case the user space header files do not
+export these flags yet, use the following macros:
+
+#ifndef AF_ALG
+#define AF_ALG 38
+#endif
+#ifndef SOL_ALG
+#define SOL_ALG 279
+#endif
+
+A cipher is accessed with the same name as done for the in-kernel API calls.
+This includes the generic vs. unique naming schema for ciphers as well as the
+enforcement of priorities for generic names.
+
+To interact with the kernel crypto API, a Netlink socket must be created by
+the user space application. User space invokes the cipher operation with the
+send/write system call family. The result of the cipher operation is obtained
+with the read/recv system call family.
+
+The following API calls assume that the Netlink socket descriptor is already
+opened by the user space application and discusses only the kernel crypto API
+specific invocations.
+
+To initialize a Netlink interface, the following sequence has to be performed
+by the consumer:
+
+ 1. Create a socket of type AF_ALG with the struct sockaddr_alg parameter
+ specified below for the different cipher types.
+
+ 2. Invoke bind with the socket descriptor
+
+ 3. Invoke accept with the socket descriptor. The accept system call
+ returns a new file descriptor that is to be used to interact with
+ the particular cipher instance. When invoking send/write or recv/read
+ system calls to send data to the kernel or obtain data from the
+ kernel, the file descriptor returned by accept must be used.
+
+In-place cipher operation
+=========================
+
+Just like the in-kernel operation of the kernel crypto API, the user space
+interface allows the cipher operation in-place. That means that the input buffer
+used for the send/write system call and the output buffer used by the read/recv
+system call may be one and the same. This is of particular interest for
+symmetric cipher operations where a copying of the output data to its final
+destination can be avoided.
+
+If a consumer on the other hand wants to maintain the plaintext and the
+ciphertext in different memory locations, all a consumer needs to do is to
+provide different memory pointers for the encryption and decryption operation.
+
+Message digest API
+==================
+
+The message digest type to be used for the cipher operation is selected when
+invoking the bind syscall. bind requires the caller to provide a filled
+struct sockaddr data structure. This data structure must be filled as follows:
+
+struct sockaddr_alg sa = {
+ .salg_family = AF_ALG,
+ .salg_type = "hash", /* this selects the hash logic in the kernel */
+ .salg_name = "sha1" /* this is the cipher name */
+};
+
+The salg_type value "hash" applies to message digests and keyed message digests.
+Though, a keyed message digest is referenced by the appropriate salg_name.
+Please see below for the setsockopt interface that explains how the key can be
+set for a keyed message digest.
+
+Using the send() system call, the application provides the data that should be
+processed with the message digest. The send system call allows the following
+flags to be specified:
+
+ * MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a
+ message digest update function where the final hash is not
+ yet calculated. If the flag is not set, the send system call
+ calculates the final message digest immediately.
+
+With the recv() system call, the application can read the message digest from
+the kernel crypto API. If the buffer is too small for the message digest, the
+flag MSG_TRUNC is set by the kernel.
+
+In order to set a message digest key, the calling application must use the
+setsockopt() option of ALG_SET_KEY. If the key is not set the HMAC operation is
+performed without the initial HMAC state change caused by the key.
+
+
+Symmetric cipher API
+====================
+
+The operation is very similar to the message digest discussion. During
+initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be filled as follows:
+
+struct sockaddr_alg sa = {
+ .salg_family = AF_ALG,
+ .salg_type = "skcipher", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */
+ .salg_name = "cbc(aes)" /* this is the cipher name */
+};
+
+Before data can be sent to the kernel using the write/send system call family,
+the consumer must set the key. The key setting is described with the setsockopt
+invocation below.
+
+Using the sendmsg() system call, the application provides the data that should
+be processed for encryption or decryption. In addition, the IV is specified
+with the data structure provided by the sendmsg() system call.
+
+The sendmsg system call parameter of struct msghdr is embedded into the
+struct cmsghdr data structure. See recv(2) and cmsg(3) for more information
+on how the cmsghdr data structure is used together with the send/recv system
+call family. That cmsghdr data structure holds the following information
+specified with a separate header instances:
+
+ * specification of the cipher operation type with one of these flags:
+ ALG_OP_ENCRYPT - encryption of data
+ ALG_OP_DECRYPT - decryption of data
+
+ * specification of the IV information marked with the flag ALG_SET_IV
+
+The send system call family allows the following flag to be specified:
+
+ * MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a
+ cipher update function where more input data is expected
+ with a subsequent invocation of the send system call.
+
+Note: The kernel reports -EINVAL for any unexpected data. The caller must
+make sure that all data matches the constraints given in /proc/crypto for the
+selected cipher.
+
+With the recv() system call, the application can read the result of the
+cipher operation from the kernel crypto API. The output buffer must be at least
+as large as to hold all blocks of the encrypted or decrypted data. If the output
+data size is smaller, only as many blocks are returned that fit into that
+output buffer size.
+
+Setsockopt interface
+====================
+
+In addition to the read/recv and send/write system call handling to send and
+retrieve data subject to the cipher operation, a consumer also needs to set
+the additional information for the cipher operation. This additional information
+is set using the setsockopt system call that must be invoked with the file
+descriptor of the open cipher (i.e. the file descriptor returned by the
+accept system call).
+
+Each setsockopt invocation must use the level SOL_ALG.
+
+The setsockopt interface allows setting the following data using the mentioned
+optname:
+
+ * ALG_SET_KEY -- Setting the key. Key setting is applicable to:
+
+ - the skcipher cipher type (symmetric ciphers)
+
+ - the hash cipher type (keyed message digests)
+
+User space API example
+======================
+
+Please see [1] for libkcapi which provides an easy-to-use wrapper around the
+aforementioned Netlink kernel interface. [1] also contains a test application
+that invokes all libkcapi API calls.
+
+[1] http://www.chronox.de/libkcapi.html
+
+Author
+======
+
+Stephan Mueller <smueller@chronox.de>
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d790f49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+* CoreSight Components:
+
+CoreSight components are compliant with the ARM CoreSight architecture
+specification and can be connected in various topologies to suit a particular
+SoCs tracing needs. These trace components can generally be classified as
+sinks, links and sources. Trace data produced by one or more sources flows
+through the intermediate links connecting the source to the currently selected
+sink. Each CoreSight component device should use these properties to describe
+its hardware characteristcs.
+
+* Required properties for all components *except* non-configurable replicators:
+
+ * compatible: These have to be supplemented with "arm,primecell" as
+ drivers are using the AMBA bus interface. Possible values include:
+ - "arm,coresight-etb10", "arm,primecell";
+ - "arm,coresight-tpiu", "arm,primecell";
+ - "arm,coresight-tmc", "arm,primecell";
+ - "arm,coresight-funnel", "arm,primecell";
+ - "arm,coresight-etm3x", "arm,primecell";
+
+ * reg: physical base address and length of the register
+ set(s) of the component.
+
+ * clocks: the clock associated to this component.
+
+ * clock-names: the name of the clock as referenced by the code.
+ Since we are using the AMBA framework, the name should be
+ "apb_pclk".
+
+ * port or ports: The representation of the component's port
+ layout using the generic DT graph presentation found in
+ "bindings/graph.txt".
+
+* Required properties for devices that don't show up on the AMBA bus, such as
+ non-configurable replicators:
+
+ * compatible: Currently supported value is (note the absence of the
+ AMBA markee):
+ - "arm,coresight-replicator"
+
+ * id: a unique number that will identify this replicator.
+
+ * port or ports: same as above.
+
+* Optional properties for ETM/PTMs:
+
+ * arm,cp14: must be present if the system accesses ETM/PTM management
+ registers via co-processor 14.
+
+ * cpu: the cpu phandle this ETM/PTM is affined to. When omitted the
+ source is considered to belong to CPU0.
+
+* Optional property for TMC:
+
+ * arm,buffer-size: size of contiguous buffer space for TMC ETR
+ (embedded trace router)
+
+
+Example:
+
+1. Sinks
+ etb@20010000 {
+ compatible = "arm,coresight-etb10", "arm,primecell";
+ reg = <0 0x20010000 0 0x1000>;
+
+ coresight-default-sink;
+ clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
+ clock-names = "apb_pclk";
+ port {
+ etb_in_port: endpoint@0 {
+ slave-mode;
+ remote-endpoint = <&replicator_out_port0>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
+ tpiu@20030000 {
+ compatible = "arm,coresight-tpiu", "arm,primecell";
+ reg = <0 0x20030000 0 0x1000>;
+
+ clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
+ clock-names = "apb_pclk";
+ port {
+ tpiu_in_port: endpoint@0 {
+ slave-mode;
+ remote-endpoint = <&replicator_out_port1>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
+2. Links
+ replicator {
+ /* non-configurable replicators don't show up on the
+ * AMBA bus. As such no need to add "arm,primecell".
+ */
+ compatible = "arm,coresight-replicator";
+ /* this will show up in debugfs as "0.replicator" */
+ id = <0>;
+
+ ports {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ /* replicator output ports */
+ port@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ replicator_out_port0: endpoint {
+ remote-endpoint = <&etb_in_port>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ port@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ replicator_out_port1: endpoint {
+ remote-endpoint = <&tpiu_in_port>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ /* replicator input port */
+ port@2 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ replicator_in_port0: endpoint {
+ slave-mode;
+ remote-endpoint = <&funnel_out_port0>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
+ funnel@20040000 {
+ compatible = "arm,coresight-funnel", "arm,primecell";
+ reg = <0 0x20040000 0 0x1000>;
+
+ clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
+ clock-names = "apb_pclk";
+ ports {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ /* funnel output port */
+ port@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ funnel_out_port0: endpoint {
+ remote-endpoint =
+ <&replicator_in_port0>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ /* funnel input ports */
+ port@1 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ funnel_in_port0: endpoint {
+ slave-mode;
+ remote-endpoint = <&ptm0_out_port>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ port@2 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ funnel_in_port1: endpoint {
+ slave-mode;
+ remote-endpoint = <&ptm1_out_port>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ port@3 {
+ reg = <2>;
+ funnel_in_port2: endpoint {
+ slave-mode;
+ remote-endpoint = <&etm0_out_port>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ };
+ };
+
+3. Sources
+ ptm@2201c000 {
+ compatible = "arm,coresight-etm3x", "arm,primecell";
+ reg = <0 0x2201c000 0 0x1000>;
+
+ cpu = <&cpu0>;
+ clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
+ clock-names = "apb_pclk";
+ port {
+ ptm0_out_port: endpoint {
+ remote-endpoint = <&funnel_in_port0>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
+ ptm@2201d000 {
+ compatible = "arm,coresight-etm3x", "arm,primecell";
+ reg = <0 0x2201d000 0 0x1000>;
+
+ cpu = <&cpu1>;
+ clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
+ clock-names = "apb_pclk";
+ port {
+ ptm1_out_port: endpoint {
+ remote-endpoint = <&funnel_in_port1>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt
index 33cd05e..ddfade4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt
@@ -49,11 +49,29 @@ Optional
occupied by the redistributors. Required if more than one such
region is present.
+Sub-nodes:
+
+GICv3 has one or more Interrupt Translation Services (ITS) that are
+used to route Message Signalled Interrupts (MSI) to the CPUs.
+
+These nodes must have the following properties:
+- compatible : Should at least contain "arm,gic-v3-its".
+- msi-controller : Boolean property. Identifies the node as an MSI controller
+- reg: Specifies the base physical address and size of the ITS
+ registers.
+
+The main GIC node must contain the appropriate #address-cells,
+#size-cells and ranges properties for the reg property of all ITS
+nodes.
+
Examples:
gic: interrupt-controller@2cf00000 {
compatible = "arm,gic-v3";
#interrupt-cells = <3>;
+ #address-cells = <2>;
+ #size-cells = <2>;
+ ranges;
interrupt-controller;
reg = <0x0 0x2f000000 0 0x10000>, // GICD
<0x0 0x2f100000 0 0x200000>, // GICR
@@ -61,11 +79,20 @@ Examples:
<0x0 0x2c010000 0 0x2000>, // GICH
<0x0 0x2c020000 0 0x2000>; // GICV
interrupts = <1 9 4>;
+
+ gic-its@2c200000 {
+ compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its";
+ msi-controller;
+ reg = <0x0 0x2c200000 0 0x200000>;
+ };
};
gic: interrupt-controller@2c010000 {
compatible = "arm,gic-v3";
#interrupt-cells = <3>;
+ #address-cells = <2>;
+ #size-cells = <2>;
+ ranges;
interrupt-controller;
redistributor-stride = <0x0 0x40000>; // 256kB stride
#redistributor-regions = <2>;
@@ -76,4 +103,16 @@ Examples:
<0x0 0x2c060000 0 0x2000>, // GICH
<0x0 0x2c080000 0 0x2000>; // GICV
interrupts = <1 9 4>;
+
+ gic-its@2c200000 {
+ compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its";
+ msi-controller;
+ reg = <0x0 0x2c200000 0 0x200000>;
+ };
+
+ gic-its@2c400000 {
+ compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its";
+ msi-controller;
+ reg = <0x0 0x2c400000 0 0x200000>;
+ };
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
index b38608a..8112d0c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
@@ -97,3 +97,56 @@ Example:
<0x2c006000 0x2000>;
interrupts = <1 9 0xf04>;
};
+
+
+* GICv2m extension for MSI/MSI-x support (Optional)
+
+Certain revisions of GIC-400 supports MSI/MSI-x via V2M register frame(s).
+This is enabled by specifying v2m sub-node(s).
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : The value here should contain "arm,gic-v2m-frame".
+
+- msi-controller : Identifies the node as an MSI controller.
+
+- reg : GICv2m MSI interface register base and size
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- arm,msi-base-spi : When the MSI_TYPER register contains an incorrect
+ value, this property should contain the SPI base of
+ the MSI frame, overriding the HW value.
+
+- arm,msi-num-spis : When the MSI_TYPER register contains an incorrect
+ value, this property should contain the number of
+ SPIs assigned to the frame, overriding the HW value.
+
+Example:
+
+ interrupt-controller@e1101000 {
+ compatible = "arm,gic-400";
+ #interrupt-cells = <3>;
+ #address-cells = <2>;
+ #size-cells = <2>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ interrupts = <1 8 0xf04>;
+ ranges = <0 0 0 0xe1100000 0 0x100000>;
+ reg = <0x0 0xe1110000 0 0x01000>,
+ <0x0 0xe112f000 0 0x02000>,
+ <0x0 0xe1140000 0 0x10000>,
+ <0x0 0xe1160000 0 0x10000>;
+ v2m0: v2m@0x8000 {
+ compatible = "arm,gic-v2m-frame";
+ msi-controller;
+ reg = <0x0 0x80000 0 0x1000>;
+ };
+
+ ....
+
+ v2mN: v2m@0x9000 {
+ compatible = "arm,gic-v2m-frame";
+ msi-controller;
+ reg = <0x0 0x90000 0 0x1000>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d680b07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Mediatek 65xx/81xx sysirq
+
+Mediatek SOCs sysirq support controllable irq inverter for each GIC SPI
+interrupt.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be one of:
+ "mediatek,mt8135-sysirq"
+ "mediatek,mt8127-sysirq"
+ "mediatek,mt6589-sysirq"
+ "mediatek,mt6582-sysirq"
+ "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq"
+- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells : Use the same format as specified by GIC in
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
+- interrupt-parent: phandle of irq parent for sysirq. The parent must
+ use the same interrupt-cells format as GIC.
+- reg: Physical base address of the intpol registers and length of memory
+ mapped region.
+
+Example:
+ sysirq: interrupt-controller@10200100 {
+ compatible = "mediatek,mt6589-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq";
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <3>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+ reg = <0 0x10200100 0 0x1c>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt
index 709efaa..f46ca9a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ Required properties:
future controllers.
Must be "samsung,exynos3250-adc" for
controllers compatible with ADC of Exynos3250.
+ Must be "samsung,exynos7-adc" for
+ the ADC in Exynos7 and compatibles
Must be "samsung,s3c2410-adc" for
the ADC in s3c2410 and compatibles
Must be "samsung,s3c2416-adc" for
@@ -43,13 +45,16 @@ Required properties:
compatible ADC block)
- vdd-supply VDD input supply.
+- samsung,syscon-phandle Contains the PMU system controller node
+ (To access the ADC_PHY register on Exynos5250/5420/5800/3250)
+
Note: child nodes can be added for auto probing from device tree.
Example: adding device info in dtsi file
adc: adc@12D10000 {
compatible = "samsung,exynos-adc-v1";
- reg = <0x12D10000 0x100>, <0x10040718 0x4>;
+ reg = <0x12D10000 0x100>;
interrupts = <0 106 0>;
#io-channel-cells = <1>;
io-channel-ranges;
@@ -58,13 +63,14 @@ adc: adc@12D10000 {
clock-names = "adc";
vdd-supply = <&buck5_reg>;
+ samsung,syscon-phandle = <&pmu_system_controller>;
};
Example: adding device info in dtsi file for Exynos3250 with additional sclk
adc: adc@126C0000 {
compatible = "samsung,exynos3250-adc", "samsung,exynos-adc-v2;
- reg = <0x126C0000 0x100>, <0x10020718 0x4>;
+ reg = <0x126C0000 0x100>;
interrupts = <0 137 0>;
#io-channel-cells = <1>;
io-channel-ranges;
@@ -73,6 +79,7 @@ adc: adc@126C0000 {
clock-names = "adc", "sclk";
vdd-supply = <&buck5_reg>;
+ samsung,syscon-phandle = <&pmu_system_controller>;
};
Example: Adding child nodes in dts file
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt
index 1c83516..b460edd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt
@@ -6,11 +6,17 @@ Required Properties:
- interrupts : Interrupt controller is using
- nr-ports : Number of SATA ports in use.
+Optional Properties:
+- phys : List of phandles to sata phys
+- phy-names : Should be "0", "1", etc, one number per phandle
+
Example:
sata@80000 {
compatible = "marvell,orion-sata";
reg = <0x80000 0x5000>;
interrupts = <21>;
+ phys = <&sata_phy0>, <&sata_phy1>;
+ phy-names = "0", "1";
nr-ports = <2>;
}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos4415-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos4415-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..847d98b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos4415-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+* Samsung Exynos4415 Clock Controller
+
+The Exynos4415 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various
+consumer devices within the Exynos4415 SoC.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be one of the following:
+ - "samsung,exynos4415-cmu" - for the main system clocks controller
+ (CMU_LEFTBUS, CMU_RIGHTBUS, CMU_TOP, CMU_CPU clock domains).
+ - "samsung,exynos4415-cmu-dmc" - for the Exynos4415 SoC DRAM Memory
+ Controller (DMC) domain clock controller.
+
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
+
+All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in
+dt-bindings/clock/exynos4415.h header and can be used in device
+tree sources.
+
+Example 1: An example of a clock controller node is listed below.
+
+ cmu: clock-controller@10030000 {
+ compatible = "samsung,exynos4415-cmu";
+ reg = <0x10030000 0x18000>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+ cmu-dmc: clock-controller@105C0000 {
+ compatible = "samsung,exynos4415-cmu-dmc";
+ reg = <0x105C0000 0x3000>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos7-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos7-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d3d5f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos7-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+* Samsung Exynos7 Clock Controller
+
+Exynos7 clock controller has various blocks which are instantiated
+independently from the device-tree. These clock controllers
+generate and supply clocks to various hardware blocks within
+the SoC.
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use
+this identifier to specify the clock which they consume. All
+available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in
+dt-bindings/clock/exynos7-clk.h header and can be used in
+device tree sources.
+
+External clocks:
+
+There are several clocks that are generated outside the SoC. It
+is expected that they are defined using standard clock bindings
+with following clock-output-names:
+
+ - "fin_pll" - PLL input clock from XXTI
+
+Required Properties for Clock Controller:
+
+ - compatible: clock controllers will use one of the following
+ compatible strings to indicate the clock controller
+ functionality.
+
+ - "samsung,exynos7-clock-topc"
+ - "samsung,exynos7-clock-top0"
+ - "samsung,exynos7-clock-top1"
+ - "samsung,exynos7-clock-ccore"
+ - "samsung,exynos7-clock-peric0"
+ - "samsung,exynos7-clock-peric1"
+ - "samsung,exynos7-clock-peris"
+ - "samsung,exynos7-clock-fsys0"
+ - "samsung,exynos7-clock-fsys1"
+
+ - reg: physical base address of the controller and the length of
+ memory mapped region.
+
+ - #clock-cells: should be 1.
+
+ - clocks: list of clock identifiers which are fed as the input to
+ the given clock controller. Please refer the next section to
+ find the input clocks for a given controller.
+
+- clock-names: list of names of clocks which are fed as the input
+ to the given clock controller.
+
+Input clocks for top0 clock controller:
+ - fin_pll
+ - dout_sclk_bus0_pll
+ - dout_sclk_bus1_pll
+ - dout_sclk_cc_pll
+ - dout_sclk_mfc_pll
+
+Input clocks for top1 clock controller:
+ - fin_pll
+ - dout_sclk_bus0_pll
+ - dout_sclk_bus1_pll
+ - dout_sclk_cc_pll
+ - dout_sclk_mfc_pll
+
+Input clocks for ccore clock controller:
+ - fin_pll
+ - dout_aclk_ccore_133
+
+Input clocks for peric0 clock controller:
+ - fin_pll
+ - dout_aclk_peric0_66
+ - sclk_uart0
+
+Input clocks for peric1 clock controller:
+ - fin_pll
+ - dout_aclk_peric1_66
+ - sclk_uart1
+ - sclk_uart2
+ - sclk_uart3
+
+Input clocks for peris clock controller:
+ - fin_pll
+ - dout_aclk_peris_66
+
+Input clocks for fsys0 clock controller:
+ - fin_pll
+ - dout_aclk_fsys0_200
+ - dout_sclk_mmc2
+
+Input clocks for fsys1 clock controller:
+ - fin_pll
+ - dout_aclk_fsys1_200
+ - dout_sclk_mmc0
+ - dout_sclk_mmc1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,mmp2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,mmp2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af376a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,mmp2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+* Marvell MMP2 Clock Controller
+
+The MMP2 clock subsystem generates and supplies clock to various
+controllers within the MMP2 SoC.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: should be one of the following.
+ - "marvell,mmp2-clock" - controller compatible with MMP2 SoC.
+
+- reg: physical base address of the clock subsystem and length of memory mapped
+ region. There are 3 places in SOC has clock control logic:
+ "mpmu", "apmu", "apbc". So three reg spaces need to be defined.
+
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+- #reset-cells: should be 1.
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
+
+All these identifier could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/marvell-mmp2.h>.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa168.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa168.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c62eb1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa168.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+* Marvell PXA168 Clock Controller
+
+The PXA168 clock subsystem generates and supplies clock to various
+controllers within the PXA168 SoC.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: should be one of the following.
+ - "marvell,pxa168-clock" - controller compatible with PXA168 SoC.
+
+- reg: physical base address of the clock subsystem and length of memory mapped
+ region. There are 3 places in SOC has clock control logic:
+ "mpmu", "apmu", "apbc". So three reg spaces need to be defined.
+
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+- #reset-cells: should be 1.
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
+
+All these identifier could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/marvell,pxa168.h>.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa910.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa910.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9f41f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa910.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+* Marvell PXA910 Clock Controller
+
+The PXA910 clock subsystem generates and supplies clock to various
+controllers within the PXA910 SoC.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: should be one of the following.
+ - "marvell,pxa910-clock" - controller compatible with PXA910 SoC.
+
+- reg: physical base address of the clock subsystem and length of memory mapped
+ region. There are 4 places in SOC has clock control logic:
+ "mpmu", "apmu", "apbc", "apbcp". So four reg spaces need to be defined.
+
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+- #reset-cells: should be 1.
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
+
+All these identifier could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/marvell-pxa910.h>.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt
index 952e373..054f65f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt
@@ -7,11 +7,16 @@ to 64.
Required Properties:
- compatible: Must be one of the following
+ - "renesas,r8a73a4-div6-clock" for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) DIV6 clocks
+ - "renesas,r8a7740-div6-clock" for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) DIV6 clocks
- "renesas,r8a7790-div6-clock" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) DIV6 clocks
- "renesas,r8a7791-div6-clock" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) DIV6 clocks
+ - "renesas,sh73a0-div6-clock" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) DIV6 clocks
- "renesas,cpg-div6-clock" for generic DIV6 clocks
- reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the DIV6 clock
- - clocks: Reference to the parent clock
+ - clocks: Reference to the parent clock(s); either one, four, or eight
+ clocks must be specified. For clocks with multiple parents, invalid
+ settings must be specified as "<0>".
- #clock-cells: Must be 0
- clock-output-names: The name of the clock as a free-form string
@@ -19,10 +24,11 @@ Required Properties:
Example
-------
- sd2_clk: sd2_clk@e6150078 {
- compatible = "renesas,r8a7790-div6-clock", "renesas,cpg-div6-clock";
- reg = <0 0xe6150078 0 4>;
- clocks = <&pll1_div2_clk>;
+ sdhi2_clk: sdhi2_clk@e615007c {
+ compatible = "renesas,r8a73a4-div6-clock", "renesas,cpg-div6-clock";
+ reg = <0 0xe615007c 0 4>;
+ clocks = <&pll1_div2_clk>, <&cpg_clocks R8A73A4_CLK_PLL2S>,
+ <0>, <&extal2_clk>;
#clock-cells = <0>;
- clock-output-names = "sd2";
+ clock-output-names = "sdhi2ck";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt
index a5f5223..2e18676 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ Required Properties:
must appear in the same order as the output clocks.
- #clock-cells: Must be 1
- clock-output-names: The name of the clocks as free-form strings
- - renesas,clock-indices: Indices of the gate clocks into the group (0 to 31)
+ - clock-indices: Indices of the gate clocks into the group (0 to 31)
-The clocks, clock-output-names and renesas,clock-indices properties contain one
-entry per gate clock. The MSTP groups are sparsely populated. Unimplemented
-gate clocks must not be declared.
+The clocks, clock-output-names and clock-indices properties contain one entry
+per gate clock. The MSTP groups are sparsely populated. Unimplemented gate
+clocks must not be declared.
Example
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
index ed116df..67b2b99 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
@@ -10,14 +10,17 @@ Required properties:
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock and PLL4
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock on A31
"allwinner,sun8i-a23-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock on A23
+ "allwinner,sun9i-a80-pll4-clk" - for the peripheral PLLs on A80
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll5-clk" - for the PLL5 clock
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll6-clk" - for the PLL6 clock
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll6-clk" - for the PLL6 clock on A31
+ "allwinner,sun9i-a80-gt-clk" - for the GT bus clock on A80
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-cpu-clk" - for the CPU multiplexer clock
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock
"allwinner,sun8i-a23-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock on A23
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-axi-gates-clk" - for the AXI gates
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-clk" - for the AHB clock
+ "allwinner,sun9i-a80-ahb-clk" - for the AHB bus clocks on A80
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A10
"allwinner,sun5i-a13-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A13
"allwinner,sun5i-a10s-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A10s
@@ -26,24 +29,29 @@ Required properties:
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-ahb1-mux-clk" - for the AHB1 multiplexer on A31
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-ahb1-gates-clk" - for the AHB1 gates on A31
"allwinner,sun8i-a23-ahb1-gates-clk" - for the AHB1 gates on A23
+ "allwinner,sun9i-a80-ahb0-gates-clk" - for the AHB0 gates on A80
+ "allwinner,sun9i-a80-ahb1-gates-clk" - for the AHB1 gates on A80
+ "allwinner,sun9i-a80-ahb2-gates-clk" - for the AHB2 gates on A80
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb0-clk" - for the APB0 clock
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb0-clk" - for the APB0 clock on A31
"allwinner,sun8i-a23-apb0-clk" - for the APB0 clock on A23
+ "allwinner,sun9i-a80-apb0-clk" - for the APB0 bus clock on A80
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A10
"allwinner,sun5i-a13-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A13
"allwinner,sun5i-a10s-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A10s
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A31
"allwinner,sun7i-a20-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A20
"allwinner,sun8i-a23-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A23
+ "allwinner,sun9i-a80-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A80
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb1-clk" - for the APB1 clock
- "allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb1-mux-clk" - for the APB1 clock muxing
+ "allwinner,sun9i-a80-apb1-clk" - for the APB1 bus clock on A80
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A10
"allwinner,sun5i-a13-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A13
"allwinner,sun5i-a10s-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A10s
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A31
"allwinner,sun7i-a20-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A20
"allwinner,sun8i-a23-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A23
- "allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb2-div-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A31
+ "allwinner,sun9i-a80-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A80
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb2-gates-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A31
"allwinner,sun8i-a23-apb2-gates-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A23
"allwinner,sun5i-a13-mbus-clk" - for the MBUS clock on A13
@@ -63,8 +71,9 @@ Required properties for all clocks:
multiplexed clocks, the list order must match the hardware
programming order.
- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0 except for
- "allwinner,*-gates-clk", "allwinner,sun4i-pll5-clk" and
- "allwinner,sun4i-pll6-clk" where it shall be set to 1
+ the following compatibles where it shall be set to 1:
+ "allwinner,*-gates-clk", "allwinner,sun4i-pll5-clk",
+ "allwinner,sun4i-pll6-clk", "allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll6-clk"
- clock-output-names : shall be the corresponding names of the outputs.
If the clock module only has one output, the name shall be the
module name.
@@ -79,6 +88,12 @@ Clock consumers should specify the desired clocks they use with a
"clocks" phandle cell. Consumers that are using a gated clock should
provide an additional ID in their clock property. This ID is the
offset of the bit controlling this particular gate in the register.
+For the other clocks with "#clock-cells" = 1, the additional ID shall
+refer to the index of the output.
+
+For "allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll6-clk", there are 2 outputs. The first output
+is the normal PLL6 output, or "pll6". The second output is rate doubled
+PLL6, or "pll6x2".
For example:
@@ -106,6 +121,14 @@ pll5: clk@01c20020 {
clock-output-names = "pll5_ddr", "pll5_other";
};
+pll6: clk@01c20028 {
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll6-clk";
+ reg = <0x01c20028 0x4>;
+ clocks = <&osc24M>;
+ clock-output-names = "pll6", "pll6x2";
+};
+
cpu: cpu@01c20054 {
#clock-cells = <0>;
compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-cpu-clk";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.txt
index 5c65ecc..e8a35c7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Freescale SAHARA Cryptographic Accelerator included in some i.MX chips.
-Currently only i.MX27 is supported.
+Currently only i.MX27 and i.MX53 are supported.
Required properties:
- compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-sahara"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/fsl-imx-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt
index e75f0e5..e75f0e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/fsl-imx-drm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/hdmi.txt
index 1b756cf..1b756cf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/hdmi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/hdmi.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/ldb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt
index 443bcb6..443bcb6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/ldb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74xx-mmio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74xx-mmio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bb1a9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74xx-mmio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+* 74XX MMIO GPIO driver
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+ "ti,741g125": for 741G125 (1-bit Input),
+ "ti,741g174": for 741G74 (1-bit Output),
+ "ti,742g125": for 742G125 (2-bit Input),
+ "ti,7474" : for 7474 (2-bit Output),
+ "ti,74125" : for 74125 (4-bit Input),
+ "ti,74175" : for 74175 (4-bit Output),
+ "ti,74365" : for 74365 (6-bit Input),
+ "ti,74174" : for 74174 (6-bit Output),
+ "ti,74244" : for 74244 (8-bit Input),
+ "ti,74273" : for 74273 (8-bit Output),
+ "ti,741624" : for 741624 (16-bit Input),
+ "ti,7416374": for 7416374 (16-bit Output).
+- reg: Physical base address and length where IC resides.
+- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a gpio controller.
+- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and
+ the second cell is used to specify the GPIO polarity:
+ 0 = Active High,
+ 1 = Active Low.
+
+Example:
+ ctrl: gpio@30008004 {
+ compatible = "ti,74174";
+ reg = <0x30008004 0x1>;
+ gpio-controller;
+ #gpio-cells = <2>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt
index c306a2d0..f3332b9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt
@@ -57,6 +57,8 @@ Optional device specific properties:
occurred on. If it is not set, the interrupt are only generated for the
bank they belong to.
On devices with only one interrupt output this property is useless.
+- microchip,irq-active-high: Sets the INTPOL flag in the IOCON register. This
+ configures the IRQ output polarity as active high.
Example I2C (with interrupt):
gpiom1: gpio@20 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..436cc99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+* Freescale VF610 PORT/GPIO module
+
+The Freescale PORT/GPIO modules are two adjacent modules providing GPIO
+functionality. Each pair serves 32 GPIOs. The VF610 has 5 instances of
+each, and each PORT module has its own interrupt.
+
+Required properties for GPIO node:
+- compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-gpio", currently "fsl,vf610-gpio"
+- reg : The first reg tuple represents the PORT module, the second tuple
+ the GPIO module.
+- interrupts : Should be the port interrupt shared by all 32 pins.
+- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller.
+- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and
+ the second cell is used to specify the gpio polarity:
+ 0 = active high
+ 1 = active low
+- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells : Should be 2. The first cell is the GPIO number.
+ The second cell bits[3:0] is used to specify trigger type and level flags:
+ 1 = low-to-high edge triggered.
+ 2 = high-to-low edge triggered.
+ 4 = active high level-sensitive.
+ 8 = active low level-sensitive.
+
+Note: Each GPIO port should have an alias correctly numbered in "aliases"
+node.
+
+Examples:
+
+aliases {
+ gpio0 = &gpio1;
+ gpio1 = &gpio2;
+};
+
+gpio1: gpio@40049000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,vf610-gpio";
+ reg = <0x40049000 0x1000 0x400ff000 0x40>;
+ interrupts = <0 107 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ gpio-controller;
+ #gpio-cells = <2>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ gpio-ranges = <&iomuxc 0 0 32>;
+};
+
+gpio2: gpio@4004a000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,vf610-gpio";
+ reg = <0x4004a000 0x1000 0x400ff040 0x40>;
+ interrupts = <0 108 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ gpio-controller;
+ #gpio-cells = <2>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ gpio-ranges = <&iomuxc 0 32 32>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
index 3fb8f53..b9bd1d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
@@ -13,13 +13,22 @@ properties, each containing a 'gpio-list':
gpio-specifier : Array of #gpio-cells specifying specific gpio
(controller specific)
-GPIO properties should be named "[<name>-]gpios". The exact
-meaning of each gpios property must be documented in the device tree
-binding for each device.
+GPIO properties should be named "[<name>-]gpios", with <name> being the purpose
+of this GPIO for the device. While a non-existent <name> is considered valid
+for compatibility reasons (resolving to the "gpios" property), it is not allowed
+for new bindings.
-For example, the following could be used to describe GPIO pins used
-as chip select lines; with chip selects 0, 1 and 3 populated, and chip
-select 2 left empty:
+GPIO properties can contain one or more GPIO phandles, but only in exceptional
+cases should they contain more than one. If your device uses several GPIOs with
+distinct functions, reference each of them under its own property, giving it a
+meaningful name. The only case where an array of GPIOs is accepted is when
+several GPIOs serve the same function (e.g. a parallel data line).
+
+The exact purpose of each gpios property must be documented in the device tree
+binding of the device.
+
+The following example could be used to describe GPIO pins used as device enable
+and bit-banged data signals:
gpio1: gpio1 {
gpio-controller
@@ -30,10 +39,12 @@ select 2 left empty:
#gpio-cells = <1>;
};
[...]
- chipsel-gpios = <&gpio1 12 0>,
- <&gpio1 13 0>,
- <0>, /* holes are permitted, means no GPIO 2 */
- <&gpio2 2>;
+
+ enable-gpios = <&gpio2 2>;
+ data-gpios = <&gpio1 12 0>,
+ <&gpio1 13 0>,
+ <&gpio1 14 0>,
+ <&gpio1 15 0>;
Note that gpio-specifier length is controller dependent. In the
above example, &gpio1 uses 2 cells to specify a gpio, while &gpio2
@@ -42,16 +53,17 @@ only uses one.
gpio-specifier may encode: bank, pin position inside the bank,
whether pin is open-drain and whether pin is logically inverted.
Exact meaning of each specifier cell is controller specific, and must
-be documented in the device tree binding for the device.
+be documented in the device tree binding for the device. Use the macros
+defined in include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h whenever possible:
Example of a node using GPIOs:
node {
- gpios = <&qe_pio_e 18 0>;
+ enable-gpios = <&qe_pio_e 18 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
};
-In this example gpio-specifier is "18 0" and encodes GPIO pin number,
-and GPIO flags as accepted by the "qe_pio_e" gpio-controller.
+GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH is 0, so in this example gpio-specifier is "18 0" and encodes
+GPIO pin number, and GPIO flags as accepted by the "qe_pio_e" gpio-controller.
1.1) GPIO specifier best practices
----------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/pl061-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/pl061-gpio.txt
index a2c416b..89058d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/pl061-gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/pl061-gpio.txt
@@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ Required properties:
- bit 0 specifies polarity (0 for normal, 1 for inverted)
- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
- interrupts : Interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ.
-
+- gpio-ranges : Interaction with the PINCTRL subsystem.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt
index 941a26a..38fb86f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,9 @@ Required Properties:
- "renesas,gpio-r8a7778": for R8A7778 (R-Mobile M1) compatible GPIO controller.
- "renesas,gpio-r8a7779": for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) compatible GPIO controller.
- "renesas,gpio-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible GPIO controller.
- - "renesas,gpio-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) compatible GPIO controller.
+ - "renesas,gpio-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) compatible GPIO controller.
+ - "renesas,gpio-r8a7793": for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) compatible GPIO controller.
+ - "renesas,gpio-r8a7794": for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) compatible GPIO controller.
- "renesas,gpio-rcar": for generic R-Car GPIO controller.
- reg: Base address and length of each memory resource used by the GPIO
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
index b48f4ef..4c32ef0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
@@ -191,6 +191,8 @@ of the following host1x client modules:
- nvidia,hpd-gpio: specifies a GPIO used for hotplug detection
- nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob
- nvidia,panel: phandle of a display panel
+ - nvidia,ganged-mode: contains a phandle to a second DSI controller to gang
+ up with in order to support up to 8 data lanes
- sor: serial output resource
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt
index 2d150c3..c99eb34 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ STMicroelectronics stih4xx platforms
number of clocks may depend of the SoC type.
- clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same
order.
- - hdmi,hpd-gpio: gpio id to detect if an hdmi cable is plugged or not.
+ - ddc: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing
sti-hda:
Required properties:
@@ -83,6 +83,22 @@ sti-hda:
- clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same
order.
+sti-hqvdp:
+ must be a child of sti-display-subsystem
+ Required properties:
+ - compatible: "st,stih<chip>-hqvdp"
+ - reg: Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory mapped region.
+ - clocks: from common clock binding: handle hardware IP needed clocks, the
+ number of clocks may depend of the SoC type.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+ - clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same
+ order.
+ - resets: resets to be used by the device
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+ - reset-names: names of the resets listed in resets property in the same
+ order.
+ - st,vtg: phandle on vtg main device node.
+
Example:
/ {
@@ -173,7 +189,6 @@ Example:
interrupt-names = "irq";
clock-names = "pix", "tmds", "phy", "audio";
clocks = <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_PIX_HDMI>, <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_TMDS_HDMI>, <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_HDMI_REJECT_PLL>, <&clockgen_b1 CLK_S_PCM_0>;
- hdmi,hpd-gpio = <&PIO2 5>;
};
sti-hda@fe85a000 {
@@ -184,6 +199,16 @@ Example:
clocks = <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_PIX_HD>, <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_HDDAC>;
};
};
+
+ sti-hqvdp@9c000000 {
+ compatible = "st,stih407-hqvdp";
+ reg = <0x9C00000 0x100000>;
+ clock-names = "hqvdp", "pix_main";
+ clocks = <&clk_s_c0_flexgen CLK_MAIN_DISP>, <&clk_s_d2_flexgen CLK_PIX_MAIN_DISP>;
+ reset-names = "hqvdp";
+ resets = <&softreset STIH407_HDQVDP_SOFTRESET>;
+ st,vtg = <&vtg_main>;
+ };
};
...
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/atmel-trng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/atmel-trng.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ac5aaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/atmel-trng.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Atmel TRNG (True Random Number Generator) block
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "atmel,at91sam9g45-trng"
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set of this block
+- interrupts : the interrupt number for the TRNG block
+- clocks: should contain the TRNG clk source
+
+Example:
+
+trng@fffcc000 {
+ compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-trng";
+ reg = <0xfffcc000 0x4000>;
+ interrupts = <6 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 0>;
+ clocks = <&trng_clk>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
index 5199b0c..fee26dc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
@@ -14,10 +14,10 @@ Optional properties :
- i2c-sda-hold-time-ns : should contain the SDA hold time in nanoseconds.
This option is only supported in hardware blocks version 1.11a or newer.
- - i2c-scl-falling-time : should contain the SCL falling time in nanoseconds.
+ - i2c-scl-falling-time-ns : should contain the SCL falling time in nanoseconds.
This value which is by default 300ns is used to compute the tLOW period.
- - i2c-sda-falling-time : should contain the SDA falling time in nanoseconds.
+ - i2c-sda-falling-time-ns : should contain the SDA falling time in nanoseconds.
This value which is by default 300ns is used to compute the tHIGH period.
Example :
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-img-scb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-img-scb.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b646160
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-img-scb.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+IMG Serial Control Bus (SCB) I2C Controller
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: "img,scb-i2c"
+- reg: Physical base address and length of controller registers
+- interrupts: Interrupt number used by the controller
+- clocks : Should contain a clock specifier for each entry in clock-names
+- clock-names : Should contain the following entries:
+ "scb", for the SCB core clock.
+ "sys", for the system clock.
+- clock-frequency: The I2C bus frequency in Hz
+- #address-cells: Should be <1>
+- #size-cells: Should be <0>
+
+Example:
+
+i2c@18100000 {
+ compatible = "img,scb-i2c";
+ reg = <0x18100000 0x200>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SHARED 2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&i2c0_clk>, <&system_clk>;
+ clock-names = "scb", "sys";
+ clock-frequency = <400000>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt
index 4a8513e..52d37fd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ Required properties:
Optional properties:
- clock-frequency : Constains desired I2C/HS-I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
The absence of the propoerty indicates the default frequency 100 kHz.
+- dmas: A list of two dma specifiers, one for each entry in dma-names.
+- dma-names: should contain "tx" and "rx".
Examples:
@@ -26,3 +28,12 @@ i2c@70038000 { /* HS-I2C on i.MX51 */
interrupts = <64>;
clock-frequency = <400000>;
};
+
+i2c0: i2c@40066000 { /* i2c0 on vf610 */
+ compatible = "fsl,vf610-i2c";
+ reg = <0x40066000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts =<0 71 0x04>;
+ dmas = <&edma0 0 50>,
+ <&edma0 0 51>;
+ dma-names = "rx","tx";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-meson.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-meson.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..682f9a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-meson.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Amlogic Meson I2C controller
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: must be "amlogic,meson6-i2c"
+ - reg: physical address and length of the device registers
+ - interrupts: a single interrupt specifier
+ - clocks: clock for the device
+ - #address-cells: should be <1>
+ - #size-cells: should be <0>
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-frequency: the desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz; in
+ absence of this property the default value is used (100 kHz).
+
+Examples:
+
+ i2c@c8100500 {
+ compatible = "amlogic,meson6-i2c";
+ reg = <0xc8100500 0x20>;
+ interrupts = <0 92 1>;
+ clocks = <&clk81>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-opal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-opal.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12bc614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-opal.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+Device-tree bindings for I2C OPAL driver
+----------------------------------------
+
+Most of the device node and properties layout is specific to the firmware and
+used by the firmware itself for configuring the port. From the linux
+perspective, the properties of use are "ibm,port-name" and "ibm,opal-id".
+
+Required properties:
+
+- reg: Port-id within a given master
+- compatible: must be "ibm,opal-i2c"
+- ibm,opal-id: Refers to a specific bus and used to identify it when calling
+ the relevant OPAL functions.
+- bus-frequency: Operating frequency of the i2c bus (in HZ). Informational for
+ linux, used by the FW though.
+
+Optional properties:
+- ibm,port-name: Firmware provides this name that uniquely identifies the i2c
+ port.
+
+The node contains a number of other properties that are used by the FW itself
+and depend on the specific hardware implementation. The example below depicts
+a P8 on-chip bus.
+
+Example:
+
+i2c-bus@0 {
+ reg = <0x0>;
+ bus-frequency = <0x61a80>;
+ compatible = "ibm,power8-i2c-port", "ibm,opal-i2c";
+ ibm,opal-id = <0x1>;
+ ibm,port-name = "p8_00000000_e1p0";
+ #address-cells = <0x1>;
+ phandle = <0x10000006>;
+ #size-cells = <0x0>;
+ linux,phandle = <0x10000006>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt
index d2153ce..2bfc6e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,15 @@ Device tree configuration for Renesas IIC (sh_mobile) driver
Required properties:
- compatible : "renesas,iic-<soctype>". "renesas,rmobile-iic" as fallback
+ Examples with soctypes are:
+ - "renesas,iic-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6)
+ - "renesas,iic-r8a7740" (R-Mobile A1)
+ - "renesas,iic-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
+ - "renesas,iic-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W)
+ - "renesas,iic-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H)
+ - "renesas,iic-r8a7793" (R-Car M2-N)
+ - "renesas,iic-r8a7794" (R-Car E2)
+ - "renesas,iic-sh73a0" (SH-Mobile AG5)
- reg : address start and address range size of device
- interrupts : interrupt of device
- clocks : clock for device
@@ -10,6 +19,11 @@ Required properties:
Optional properties:
- clock-frequency : frequency of bus clock in Hz. Default 100kHz if unset.
+- dmas : Must contain a list of two references to DMA
+ specifiers, one for transmission, and one for
+ reception.
+- dma-names : Must contain a list of two DMA names, "tx" and "rx".
+
Pinctrl properties might be needed, too. See there.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
index 605dcca..9f4e382 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
@@ -17,6 +17,9 @@ adi,adt7473 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
adi,adt7475 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
adi,adt7476 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
adi,adt7490 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
+adi,adxl345 Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer
+adi,adxl346 Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer
+adi,adxl34x Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer
at,24c08 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx)
atmel,24c00 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx)
atmel,24c01 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx)
@@ -76,7 +79,12 @@ ovti,ov5642 OV5642: Color CMOS QSXGA (5-megapixel) Image Sensor with OmniBSI an
pericom,pt7c4338 Real-time Clock Module
plx,pex8648 48-Lane, 12-Port PCI Express Gen 2 (5.0 GT/s) Switch
ramtron,24c64 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx)
+ricoh,r2025sd I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
+ricoh,r2221tl I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
ricoh,rs5c372a I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
+ricoh,rs5c372b I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
+ricoh,rv5c386 I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
+ricoh,rv5c387a I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
samsung,24ad0xd1 S524AD0XF1 (128K/256K-bit Serial EEPROM for Low Power)
sii,s35390a 2-wire CMOS real-time clock
st-micro,24c256 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e36d6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+Qualcomm's SPMI PMIC current ADC
+
+QPNP PMIC current ADC (IADC) provides interface to clients to read current.
+A 16 bit ADC is used for current measurements. IADC can measure the current
+through an external resistor (channel 1) or internal (built-in) resistor
+(channel 0). When using an external resistor it is to be described by
+qcom,external-resistor-micro-ohms property.
+
+IADC node:
+
+- compatible:
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <string>
+ Definition: Should contain "qcom,spmi-iadc".
+
+- reg:
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+ Definition: IADC base address and length in the SPMI PMIC register map
+
+- interrupts:
+ Usage: optional
+ Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+ Definition: End of ADC conversion.
+
+- qcom,external-resistor-micro-ohms:
+ Usage: optional
+ Value type: <u32>
+ Definition: Sense resister value in micro Ohm.
+ If not defined value of 10000 micro Ohms will be used.
+
+Example:
+ /* IADC node */
+ pmic_iadc: iadc@3600 {
+ compatible = "qcom,spmi-iadc";
+ reg = <0x3600 0x100>;
+ interrupts = <0x0 0x36 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+ qcom,external-resistor-micro-ohms = <10000>;
+ #io-channel-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+ /* IIO client node */
+ bat {
+ io-channels = <&pmic_iadc 0>;
+ io-channel-names = "iadc";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt
index 5d3ec1d..a9a5fe1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
Rockchip Successive Approximation Register (SAR) A/D Converter bindings
Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "rockchip,saradc"
+- compatible: Should be "rockchip,saradc" or "rockchip,rk3066-tsadc"
- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
region.
- interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu. The interrupt specifier format
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap1106.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap11xx.txt
index 4b46390..7d0a300 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap1106.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap11xx.txt
@@ -1,14 +1,16 @@
-Device tree bindings for Microchip CAP1106, 6 channel capacitive touch sensor
+Device tree bindings for Microchip CAP11xx based capacitive touch sensors
-The node for this driver must be a child of a I2C controller node, as the
+The node for this device must be a child of a I2C controller node, as the
device communication via I2C only.
Required properties:
- compatible: Must be "microchip,cap1106"
+ compatible: Must contain one of:
+ "microchip,cap1106"
+ "microchip,cap1126"
+ "microchip,cap1188"
reg: The I2C slave address of the device.
- Only 0x28 is valid.
interrupts: Property describing the interrupt line the
device's ALERT#/CM_IRQ# pin is connected to.
@@ -26,6 +28,10 @@ Optional properties:
Valid values are 1, 2, 4, and 8.
By default, a gain of 1 is set.
+ microchip,irq-active-high: By default the interrupt pin is active low
+ open drain. This property allows using the active
+ high push-pull output.
+
linux,keycodes: Specifies an array of numeric keycode values to
be used for the channels. If this property is
omitted, KEY_A, KEY_B, etc are used as
@@ -43,11 +49,11 @@ i2c_controller {
autorepeat;
microchip,sensor-gain = <2>;
- linux,keycodes = <103 /* KEY_UP */
- 106 /* KEY_RIGHT */
- 108 /* KEY_DOWN */
- 105 /* KEY_LEFT */
- 109 /* KEY_PAGEDOWN */
- 104>; /* KEY_PAGEUP */
+ linux,keycodes = <103>, /* KEY_UP */
+ <106>, /* KEY_RIGHT */
+ <108>, /* KEY_DOWN */
+ <105>, /* KEY_LEFT */
+ <109>, /* KEY_PAGEDOWN */
+ <104>; /* KEY_PAGEUP */
};
}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elan_i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elan_i2c.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee3242c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elan_i2c.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+Elantech I2C Touchpad
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "elan,ekth3000".
+- reg: I2C address of the chip.
+- interrupt-parent: a phandle for the interrupt controller (see interrupt
+ binding[0]).
+- interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected (see interrupt
+ binding[0]).
+
+Optional properties:
+- wakeup-source: touchpad can be used as a wakeup source.
+- pinctrl-names: should be "default" (see pinctrl binding [1]).
+- pinctrl-0: a phandle pointing to the pin settings for the device (see
+ pinctrl binding [1]).
+- vcc-supply: a phandle for the regulator supplying 3.3V power.
+
+[0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
+
+Example:
+ &i2c1 {
+ /* ... */
+
+ touchpad@15 {
+ compatible = "elan,ekth3000";
+ reg = <0x15>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>;
+ interrupts = <0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+ wakeup-source;
+ };
+
+ /* ... */
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a765232
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Elantech I2C Touchscreen
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "elan,ekth3500".
+- reg: I2C address of the chip.
+- interrupt-parent: a phandle for the interrupt controller (see interrupt
+ binding[0]).
+- interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected (see interrupt
+ binding[0]).
+
+Optional properties:
+- wakeup-source: touchscreen can be used as a wakeup source.
+- pinctrl-names: should be "default" (see pinctrl binding [1]).
+- pinctrl-0: a phandle pointing to the pin settings for the device (see
+ pinctrl binding [1]).
+
+[0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
+
+Example:
+ &i2c1 {
+ /* ... */
+
+ touchscreen@10 {
+ compatible = "elan,ekth3500";
+ reg = <0x10>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>;
+ interrupts = <0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+ wakeup-source;
+ };
+
+ /* ... */
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt
index 5c2c021..44b7057 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt
@@ -11,15 +11,22 @@ Each button (key) is represented as a sub-node of "gpio-keys":
Subnode properties:
- gpios: OF device-tree gpio specification.
+ - interrupts: the interrupt line for that input.
- label: Descriptive name of the key.
- linux,code: Keycode to emit.
+Note that either "interrupts" or "gpios" properties can be omitted, but not
+both at the same time. Specifying both properties is allowed.
+
Optional subnode-properties:
- linux,input-type: Specify event type this button/key generates.
If not specified defaults to <1> == EV_KEY.
- debounce-interval: Debouncing interval time in milliseconds.
If not specified defaults to 5.
- gpio-key,wakeup: Boolean, button can wake-up the system.
+ - linux,can-disable: Boolean, indicates that button is connected
+ to dedicated (not shared) interrupt which can be disabled to
+ suppress events from the button.
Example nodes:
@@ -33,4 +40,9 @@ Example nodes:
linux,code = <103>;
gpios = <&gpio1 0 1>;
};
+ button@22 {
+ label = "GPIO Key DOWN";
+ linux,code = <108>;
+ interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>;
+ };
...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/stmpe-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/stmpe-keypad.txt
index 1b97222..12bb771 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/stmpe-keypad.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/stmpe-keypad.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Optional properties:
- debounce-interval : Debouncing interval time in milliseconds
- st,scan-count : Scanning cycles elapsed before key data is updated
- st,no-autorepeat : If specified device will not autorepeat
+ - keypad,num-rows : See ./matrix-keymap.txt
+ - keypad,num-columns : See ./matrix-keymap.txt
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lp8860.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lp8860.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aad38dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lp8860.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+* Texas Instruments - lp8860 4-Channel LED Driver
+
+The LP8860-Q1 is an high-efficiency LED
+driver with boost controller. It has 4 high-precision
+current sinks that can be controlled by a PWM input
+signal, a SPI/I2C master, or both.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible:
+ "ti,lp8860"
+ - reg - I2C slave address
+ - label - Used for naming LEDs
+
+Optional properties:
+ - enable-gpio - gpio pin to enable/disable the device.
+ - supply - "vled" - LED supply
+
+Example:
+
+leds: leds@6 {
+ compatible = "ti,lp8860";
+ reg = <0x2d>;
+ label = "display_cluster";
+ enable-gpio = <&gpio1 28 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+ vled-supply = <&vbatt>;
+}
+
+For more product information please see the link below:
+http://www.ti.com/product/lp8860-q1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
index ba61782..9dafe6b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,8 @@ family of devices. The current blocks are always slaves and suppot one input
channel which can be either RGB, YUYV or BT656.
- compatible: Must be one of the following
+ - "renesas,vin-r8a7794" for the R8A7794 device
+ - "renesas,vin-r8a7793" for the R8A7793 device
- "renesas,vin-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 device
- "renesas,vin-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 device
- "renesas,vin-r8a7779" for the R8A7779 device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt
index 6edc3b6..1fe6dde 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,9 @@ Required properties:
- reg : should specify localbus address and size used for the chip,
and hardware ECC controller if available.
If the hardware ECC is PMECC, it should contain address and size for
- PMECC, PMECC Error Location controller and ROM which has lookup tables.
+ PMECC and PMECC Error Location controller.
+ The PMECC lookup table address and size in ROM is optional. If not
+ specified, driver will build it in runtime.
- atmel,nand-addr-offset : offset for the address latch.
- atmel,nand-cmd-offset : offset for the command latch.
- #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes
@@ -27,7 +29,7 @@ Optional properties:
are: 512, 1024.
- atmel,pmecc-lookup-table-offset : includes two offsets of lookup table in ROM
for different sector size. First one is for sector size 512, the next is for
- sector size 1024.
+ sector size 1024. If not specified, driver will build the table in runtime.
- nand-bus-width : 8 or 16 bus width if not present 8
- nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not present false
- Nand Flash Controller(NFC) is a slave driver under Atmel nand flash
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/diskonchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/diskonchip.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e13bfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/diskonchip.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+M-Systems and Sandisk DiskOnChip devices
+
+M-System DiskOnChip G3
+======================
+The Sandisk (formerly M-Systems) docg3 is a nand device of 64M to 256MB.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: should be "m-systems,diskonchip-g3"
+ - reg: register base and size
+
+Example:
+ docg3: flash@0 {
+ compatible = "m-systems,diskonchip-g3";
+ reg = <0x0 0x2000>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt
index 36ef07d..af8915b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ Required properties:
are made in native endianness.
- #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes
representing partitions.
-- gpios : specifies the gpio pins to control the NAND device. nwp is an
- optional gpio and may be set to 0 if not present.
+- gpios : Specifies the GPIO pins to control the NAND device. The order of
+ GPIO references is: RDY, nCE, ALE, CLE, and an optional nWP.
Optional properties:
- bank-width : Width (in bytes) of the device. If not present, the width
@@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ gpio-nand@1,0 {
reg = <1 0x0000 0x2>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
- gpios = <&banka 1 0 /* rdy */
- &banka 2 0 /* nce */
- &banka 3 0 /* ale */
- &banka 4 0 /* cle */
- 0 /* nwp */>;
+ gpios = <&banka 1 0>, /* RDY */
+ <&banka 2 0>, /* nCE */
+ <&banka 3 0>, /* ALE */
+ <&banka 4 0>, /* CLE */
+ <0>; /* nWP */
partition@0 {
...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0273adb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Allwinner NAND Flash Controller (NFC)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "allwinner,sun4i-a10-nand".
+- reg : shall contain registers location and length for data and reg.
+- interrupts : shall define the nand controller interrupt.
+- #address-cells: shall be set to 1. Encode the nand CS.
+- #size-cells : shall be set to 0.
+- clocks : shall reference nand controller clocks.
+- clock-names : nand controller internal clock names. Shall contain :
+ * "ahb" : AHB gating clock
+ * "mod" : nand controller clock
+
+Optional children nodes:
+Children nodes represent the available nand chips.
+
+Optional properties:
+- allwinner,rb : shall contain the native Ready/Busy ids.
+ or
+- rb-gpios : shall contain the gpios used as R/B pins.
+- nand-ecc-mode : one of the supported ECC modes ("hw", "hw_syndrome", "soft",
+ "soft_bch" or "none")
+
+see Documentation/devicetree/mtd/nand.txt for generic bindings.
+
+
+Examples:
+nfc: nand@01c03000 {
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-nand";
+ reg = <0x01c03000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 37 1>;
+ clocks = <&ahb_gates 13>, <&nand_clk>;
+ clock-names = "ahb", "mod";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&nand_pins_a &nand_cs0_pins_a &nand_rb0_pins_a>;
+ status = "okay";
+
+ nand@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ allwinner,rb = <0>;
+ nand-ecc-mode = "soft_bch";
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt
index 0c8775c..a9eb611 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ Optional properties:
- fsl,num-rx-queues : The property is valid for enet-avb IP, which supports
hw multi queues. Should specify the rx queue number, otherwise set rx queue
number to 1.
+- fsl,magic-packet : If present, indicates that the hardware supports waking
+ up via magic packet.
Optional subnodes:
- mdio : specifies the mdio bus in the FEC, used as a container for phy nodes
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..988fc69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+Hisilicon hip04 Ethernet Controller
+
+* Ethernet controller node
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "hisilicon,hip04-mac".
+- reg: address and length of the register set for the device.
+- interrupts: interrupt for the device.
+- port-handle: <phandle port channel>
+ phandle, specifies a reference to the syscon ppe node
+ port, port number connected to the controller
+ channel, recv channel start from channel * number (RX_DESC_NUM)
+- phy-mode: see ethernet.txt [1].
+
+Optional properties:
+- phy-handle: see ethernet.txt [1].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
+
+
+* Ethernet ppe node:
+Control rx & tx fifos of all ethernet controllers.
+Have 2048 recv channels shared by all ethernet controllers, only if no overlap.
+Each controller's recv channel start from channel * number (RX_DESC_NUM).
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "hisilicon,hip04-ppe", "syscon".
+- reg: address and length of the register set for the device.
+
+
+* MDIO bus node:
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be "hisilicon,hip04-mdio".
+- Inherits from MDIO bus node binding [2]
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt
+
+Example:
+ mdio {
+ compatible = "hisilicon,hip04-mdio";
+ reg = <0x28f1000 0x1000>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ phy0: ethernet-phy@0 {
+ compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22";
+ reg = <0>;
+ marvell,reg-init = <18 0x14 0 0x8001>;
+ };
+
+ phy1: ethernet-phy@1 {
+ compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22";
+ reg = <1>;
+ marvell,reg-init = <18 0x14 0 0x8001>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ ppe: ppe@28c0000 {
+ compatible = "hisilicon,hip04-ppe", "syscon";
+ reg = <0x28c0000 0x10000>;
+ };
+
+ fe: ethernet@28b0000 {
+ compatible = "hisilicon,hip04-mac";
+ reg = <0x28b0000 0x10000>;
+ interrupts = <0 413 4>;
+ phy-mode = "mii";
+ port-handle = <&ppe 31 0>;
+ };
+
+ ge0: ethernet@2800000 {
+ compatible = "hisilicon,hip04-mac";
+ reg = <0x2800000 0x10000>;
+ interrupts = <0 402 4>;
+ phy-mode = "sgmii";
+ port-handle = <&ppe 0 1>;
+ phy-handle = <&phy0>;
+ };
+
+ ge8: ethernet@2880000 {
+ compatible = "hisilicon,hip04-mac";
+ reg = <0x2880000 0x10000>;
+ interrupts = <0 410 4>;
+ phy-mode = "sgmii";
+ port-handle = <&ppe 8 2>;
+ phy-handle = <&phy1>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2362dcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+Rockchip SoC RK3288 10/100/1000 Ethernet driver(GMAC)
+
+The device node has following properties.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Can be "rockchip,rk3288-gmac".
+ - reg: addresses and length of the register sets for the device.
+ - interrupts: Should contain the GMAC interrupts.
+ - interrupt-names: Should contain the interrupt names "macirq".
+ - rockchip,grf: phandle to the syscon grf used to control speed and mode.
+ - clocks: <&cru SCLK_MAC>: clock selector for main clock, from PLL or PHY.
+ <&cru SCLK_MAC_PLL>: PLL clock for SCLK_MAC
+ <&cru SCLK_MAC_RX>: clock gate for RX
+ <&cru SCLK_MAC_TX>: clock gate for TX
+ <&cru SCLK_MACREF>: clock gate for RMII referce clock
+ <&cru SCLK_MACREF_OUT> clock gate for RMII reference clock output
+ <&cru ACLK_GMAC>: AXI clock gate for GMAC
+ <&cru PCLK_GMAC>: APB clock gate for GMAC
+ - clock-names: One name for each entry in the clocks property.
+ - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
+ - pinctrl-names: Names corresponding to the numbered pinctrl states.
+ - pinctrl-0: pin-control mode. can be <&rgmii_pins> or <&rmii_pins>.
+ - clock_in_out: For RGMII, it must be "input", means main clock(125MHz)
+ is not sourced from SoC's PLL, but input from PHY; For RMII, "input" means
+ PHY provides the reference clock(50MHz), "output" means GMAC provides the
+ reference clock.
+ - snps,reset-gpio gpio number for phy reset.
+ - snps,reset-active-low boolean flag to indicate if phy reset is active low.
+ - assigned-clocks: main clock, should be <&cru SCLK_MAC>;
+ - assigned-clock-parents = parent of main clock.
+ can be <&ext_gmac> or <&cru SCLK_MAC_PLL>.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - tx_delay: Delay value for TXD timing. Range value is 0~0x7F, 0x30 as default.
+ - rx_delay: Delay value for RXD timing. Range value is 0~0x7F, 0x10 as default.
+
+Example:
+
+gmac: ethernet@ff290000 {
+ compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-gmac";
+ reg = <0xff290000 0x10000>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 27 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ interrupt-names = "macirq";
+ rockchip,grf = <&grf>;
+ clocks = <&cru SCLK_MAC>,
+ <&cru SCLK_MAC_RX>, <&cru SCLK_MAC_TX>,
+ <&cru SCLK_MACREF>, <&cru SCLK_MACREF_OUT>,
+ <&cru ACLK_GMAC>, <&cru PCLK_GMAC>;
+ clock-names = "stmmaceth",
+ "mac_clk_rx", "mac_clk_tx",
+ "clk_mac_ref", "clk_mac_refout",
+ "aclk_mac", "pclk_mac";
+ phy-mode = "rgmii";
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&rgmii_pins /*&rmii_pins*/>;
+
+ clock_in_out = "input";
+ snps,reset-gpio = <&gpio4 7 0>;
+ snps,reset-active-low;
+
+ assigned-clocks = <&cru SCLK_MAC>;
+ assigned-clock-parents = <&ext_gmac>;
+ tx_delay = <0x30>;
+ rx_delay = <0x10>;
+
+ status = "ok";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt
index 6762a6b..d05c1e1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt
@@ -9,14 +9,10 @@ The device node has following properties.
Required properties:
- compatible : Can be "st,stih415-dwmac", "st,stih416-dwmac",
"st,stih407-dwmac", "st,stid127-dwmac".
- - reg : Offset of the glue configuration register map in system
- configuration regmap pointed by st,syscon property and size.
- - st,syscon : Should be phandle to system configuration node which
- encompases this glue registers.
+ - st,syscon : Should be phandle/offset pair. The phandle to the syscon node which
+ encompases the glue register, and the offset of the control register.
- st,gmac_en: this is to enable the gmac into a dedicated sysctl control
register available on STiH407 SoC.
- - sti-ethconf: this is the gmac glue logic register to enable the GMAC,
- select among the different modes and program the clk retiming.
- pinctrl-0: pin-control for all the MII mode supported.
Optional properties:
@@ -40,10 +36,10 @@ ethernet0: dwmac@9630000 {
device_type = "network";
status = "disabled";
compatible = "st,stih407-dwmac", "snps,dwmac", "snps,dwmac-3.710";
- reg = <0x9630000 0x8000>, <0x80 0x4>;
- reg-names = "stmmaceth", "sti-ethconf";
+ reg = <0x9630000 0x8000>;
+ reg-names = "stmmaceth";
- st,syscon = <&syscfg_sbc_reg>;
+ st,syscon = <&syscfg_sbc_reg 0x80>;
st,gmac_en;
resets = <&softreset STIH407_ETH1_SOFTRESET>;
reset-names = "stmmaceth";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b116xw03.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b116xw03.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..690d0a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b116xw03.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+AU Optronics Corporation 11.6" HD (1366x768) color TFT-LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "auo,b116xw03"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd070pww1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd070pww1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7da1d5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd070pww1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+HannStar Display Corp. HSD070PWW1 7.0" WXGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "hannstar,hsd070pww1"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hit,tx23d38vm0caa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hit,tx23d38vm0caa.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04caaae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hit,tx23d38vm0caa.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Hitachi Ltd. Corporation 9" WVGA (800x480) TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "hit,tx23d38vm0caa"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,g121i1-l01.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,g121i1-l01.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2743b07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,g121i1-l01.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Innolux Corporation 12.1" WXGA (1280x800) TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "innolux,g121i1-l01"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/sharp,lq101r1sx01.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/sharp,lq101r1sx01.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f522bb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/sharp,lq101r1sx01.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+Sharp Microelectronics 10.1" WQXGA TFT LCD panel
+
+This panel requires a dual-channel DSI host to operate. It supports two modes:
+- left-right: each channel drives the left or right half of the screen
+- even-odd: each channel drives the even or odd lines of the screen
+
+Each of the DSI channels controls a separate DSI peripheral. The peripheral
+driven by the first link (DSI-LINK1), left or even, is considered the primary
+peripheral and controls the device. The 'link2' property contains a phandle
+to the peripheral driven by the second link (DSI-LINK2, right or odd).
+
+Note that in video mode the DSI-LINK1 interface always provides the left/even
+pixels and DSI-LINK2 always provides the right/odd pixels. In command mode it
+is possible to program either link to drive the left/even or right/odd pixels
+but for the sake of consistency this binding assumes that the same assignment
+is chosen as for video mode.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "sharp,lq101r1sx01"
+- reg: DSI virtual channel of the peripheral
+
+Required properties (for DSI-LINK1 only):
+- link2: phandle to the DSI peripheral on the secondary link. Note that the
+ presence of this property marks the containing node as DSI-LINK1.
+- power-supply: phandle of the regulator that provides the supply voltage
+
+Optional properties (for DSI-LINK1 only):
+- backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel
+
+Example:
+
+ dsi@54300000 {
+ panel: panel@0 {
+ compatible = "sharp,lq101r1sx01";
+ reg = <0>;
+
+ link2 = <&secondary>;
+
+ power-supply = <...>;
+ backlight = <...>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ dsi@54400000 {
+ secondary: panel@0 {
+ compatible = "sharp,lq101r1sx01";
+ reg = <0>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt
index 88f8c23..c0155f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,9 @@ Berlin SATA PHY
---------------
Required properties:
-- compatible: should be "marvell,berlin2q-sata-phy"
+- compatible: should be one of
+ "marvell,berlin2-sata-phy"
+ "marvell,berlin2q-sata-phy"
- address-cells: should be 1
- size-cells: should be 0
- phy-cells: from the generic PHY bindings, must be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-usb-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be33780
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-usb-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+* Marvell Berlin USB PHY
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "marvell,berlin2-usb-phy" or "marvell,berlin2cd-usb-phy"
+- reg: base address and length of the registers
+- #phys-cells: should be 0
+- resets: reference to the reset controller
+
+Example:
+
+ usb-phy@f774000 {
+ compatible = "marvell,berlin2-usb-phy";
+ reg = <0xf774000 0x128>;
+ #phy-cells = <0>;
+ resets = <&chip 0x104 14>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46a135d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+STMicroelectronics STi MIPHY28LP PHY binding
+============================================
+
+This binding describes a miphy device that is used to control PHY hardware
+for SATA, PCIe or USB3.
+
+Required properties (controller (parent) node):
+- compatible : Should be "st,miphy28lp-phy".
+- st,syscfg : Should be a phandle of the system configuration register group
+ which contain the SATA, PCIe or USB3 mode setting bits.
+
+Required nodes : A sub-node is required for each channel the controller
+ provides. Address range information including the usual
+ 'reg' and 'reg-names' properties are used inside these
+ nodes to describe the controller's topology. These nodes
+ are translated by the driver's .xlate() function.
+
+Required properties (port (child) node):
+- #phy-cells : Should be 1 (See second example)
+ Cell after port phandle is device type from:
+ - PHY_TYPE_SATA
+ - PHY_TYPE_PCI
+ - PHY_TYPE_USB3
+- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device.
+- reg-names : The names of the register addresses corresponding to the registers
+ filled in "reg". It can also contain the offset of the system configuration
+ registers used as glue-logic to setup the device for SATA/PCIe or USB3
+ devices.
+- resets : phandle to the parent reset controller.
+- reset-names : Associated name must be "miphy-sw-rst".
+
+Optional properties (port (child) node):
+- st,osc-rdy : to check the MIPHY0_OSC_RDY status in the glue-logic. This
+ is not available in all the MiPHY. For example, for STiH407, only the
+ MiPHY0 has this bit.
+- st,osc-force-ext : to select the external oscillator. This can change from
+ different MiPHY inside the same SoC.
+- st,sata_gen : to select which SATA_SPDMODE has to be set in the SATA system config
+ register.
+- st,px_rx_pol_inv : to invert polarity of RXn/RXp (respectively negative line and positive
+ line).
+- st,scc-on : enable ssc to reduce effects of EMI (only for sata or PCIe).
+- st,tx-impedance-comp : to compensate tx impedance avoiding out of range values.
+
+example:
+
+ miphy28lp_phy: miphy28lp@9b22000 {
+ compatible = "st,miphy28lp-phy";
+ st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ ranges;
+
+ phy_port0: port@9b22000 {
+ reg = <0x9b22000 0xff>,
+ <0x9b09000 0xff>,
+ <0x9b04000 0xff>,
+ <0x114 0x4>, /* sysctrl MiPHY cntrl */
+ <0x818 0x4>, /* sysctrl MiPHY status*/
+ <0xe0 0x4>, /* sysctrl PCIe */
+ <0xec 0x4>; /* sysctrl SATA */
+ reg-names = "sata-up",
+ "pcie-up",
+ "pipew",
+ "miphy-ctrl-glue",
+ "miphy-status-glue",
+ "pcie-glue",
+ "sata-glue";
+ #phy-cells = <1>;
+ st,osc-rdy;
+ reset-names = "miphy-sw-rst";
+ resets = <&softreset STIH407_MIPHY0_SOFTRESET>;
+ };
+
+ phy_port1: port@9b2a000 {
+ reg = <0x9b2a000 0xff>,
+ <0x9b19000 0xff>,
+ <0x9b14000 0xff>,
+ <0x118 0x4>,
+ <0x81c 0x4>,
+ <0xe4 0x4>,
+ <0xf0 0x4>;
+ reg-names = "sata-up",
+ "pcie-up",
+ "pipew",
+ "miphy-ctrl-glue",
+ "miphy-status-glue",
+ "pcie-glue",
+ "sata-glue";
+ #phy-cells = <1>;
+ st,osc-force-ext;
+ reset-names = "miphy-sw-rst";
+ resets = <&softreset STIH407_MIPHY1_SOFTRESET>;
+ };
+
+ phy_port2: port@8f95000 {
+ reg = <0x8f95000 0xff>,
+ <0x8f90000 0xff>,
+ <0x11c 0x4>,
+ <0x820 0x4>;
+ reg-names = "pipew",
+ "usb3-up",
+ "miphy-ctrl-glue",
+ "miphy-status-glue";
+ #phy-cells = <1>;
+ reset-names = "miphy-sw-rst";
+ resets = <&softreset STIH407_MIPHY2_SOFTRESET>;
+ };
+ };
+
+
+Specifying phy control of devices
+=================================
+
+Device nodes should specify the configuration required in their "phys"
+property, containing a phandle to the miphy device node and an index
+specifying which configuration to use, as described in phy-bindings.txt.
+
+example:
+ sata0: sata@9b20000 {
+ ...
+ phys = <&phy_port0 PHY_TYPE_SATA>;
+ ...
+ };
+
+Macro definitions for the supported miphy configuration can be found in:
+
+include/dt-bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.h
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt
index 42c8808..9802d5d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,10 @@ for SATA and PCIe.
Required properties (controller (parent) node):
- compatible : Should be "st,miphy365x-phy"
-- st,syscfg : Should be a phandle of the system configuration register group
- which contain the SATA, PCIe mode setting bits
+- st,syscfg : Phandle / integer array property. Phandle of sysconfig group
+ containing the miphy registers and integer array should contain
+ an entry for each port sub-node, specifying the control
+ register offset inside the sysconfig group.
Required nodes : A sub-node is required for each channel the controller
provides. Address range information including the usual
@@ -26,7 +28,6 @@ Required properties (port (child) node):
registers filled in "reg":
- sata: For SATA devices
- pcie: For PCIe devices
- - syscfg: To specify the syscfg based config register
Optional properties (port (child) node):
- st,sata-gen : Generation of locally attached SATA IP. Expected values
@@ -39,20 +40,20 @@ Example:
miphy365x_phy: miphy365x@fe382000 {
compatible = "st,miphy365x-phy";
- st,syscfg = <&syscfg_rear>;
+ st,syscfg = <&syscfg_rear 0x824 0x828>;
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
ranges;
phy_port0: port@fe382000 {
- reg = <0xfe382000 0x100>, <0xfe394000 0x100>, <0x824 0x4>;
- reg-names = "sata", "pcie", "syscfg";
+ reg = <0xfe382000 0x100>, <0xfe394000 0x100>;
+ reg-names = "sata", "pcie";
#phy-cells = <1>;
st,sata-gen = <3>;
};
phy_port1: port@fe38a000 {
- reg = <0xfe38a000 0x100>, <0xfe804000 0x100>, <0x828 0x4>;;
+ reg = <0xfe38a000 0x100>, <0xfe804000 0x100>;;
reg-names = "sata", "pcie", "syscfg";
#phy-cells = <1>;
st,pcie-tx-pol-inv;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f95b626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+* Marvell MVEBU SATA PHY
+
+Power control for the SATA phy found on Marvell MVEBU SoCs.
+
+This document extends the binding described in phy-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties :
+
+ - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the SATA device
+ - compatible : Should be "marvell,mvebu-sata-phy"
+ - clocks : phandle of clock and specifier that supplies the device
+ - clock-names : Should be "sata"
+
+Example:
+ sata-phy@84000 {
+ compatible = "marvell,mvebu-sata-phy";
+ reg = <0x84000 0x0334>;
+ clocks = <&gate_clk 15>;
+ clock-names = "sata";
+ #phy-cells = <0>;
+ status = "ok";
+ };
+
+Armada 375 USB cluster
+----------------------
+
+Armada 375 comes with an USB2 host and device controller and an USB3
+controller. The USB cluster control register allows to manage common
+features of both USB controllers.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "marvell,armada-375-usb-cluster"
+- reg: Should contain usb cluster register location and length.
+- #phy-cells : from the generic phy bindings, must be 1. Possible
+values are 1 (USB2), 2 (USB3).
+
+Example:
+ usbcluster: usb-cluster@18400 {
+ compatible = "marvell,armada-375-usb-cluster";
+ reg = <0x18400 0x4>;
+ #phy-cells = <1>
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih407-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih407-usb.txt
index 1ef8228..de6a706 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih407-usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih407-usb.txt
@@ -5,10 +5,7 @@ host controllers (when controlling usb2/1.1 devices) available on STiH407 SoC fa
Required properties:
- compatible : should be "st,stih407-usb2-phy"
-- reg : contain the offset and length of the system configuration registers
- used as glue logic to control & parameter phy
-- reg-names : the names of the system configuration registers in "reg", should be "param" and "reg"
-- st,syscfg : sysconfig register to manage phy parameter at driver level
+- st,syscfg : phandle of sysconfig bank plus integer array containing phyparam and phyctrl register offsets
- resets : list of phandle and reset specifier pairs. There should be two entries, one
for the whole phy and one for the port
- reset-names : list of reset signal names. Should be "global" and "port"
@@ -19,11 +16,8 @@ Example:
usb2_picophy0: usbpicophy@f8 {
compatible = "st,stih407-usb2-phy";
- reg = <0xf8 0x04>, /* syscfg 5062 */
- <0xf4 0x04>; /* syscfg 5061 */
- reg-names = "param", "ctrl";
#phy-cells = <0>;
- st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core>;
+ st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core 0x100 0xf4>;
resets = <&softreset STIH407_PICOPHY_SOFTRESET>,
<&picophyreset STIH407_PICOPHY0_RESET>;
reset-names = "global", "port";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt
index 15e0f2c..d5bad92 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt
@@ -128,6 +128,7 @@ Required properties:
- compatible : Should be set to one of the following supported values:
- "samsung,exynos5250-usbdrd-phy" - for exynos5250 SoC,
- "samsung,exynos5420-usbdrd-phy" - for exynos5420 SoC.
+ - "samsung,exynos7-usbdrd-phy" - for exynos7 SoC.
- reg : Register offset and length of USB DRD PHY register set;
- clocks: Clock IDs array as required by the controller
- clock-names: names of clocks correseponding to IDs in the clock property;
@@ -138,6 +139,11 @@ Required properties:
PHY operations, associated by phy name. It is used to
determine bit values for clock settings register.
For Exynos5420 this is given as 'sclk_usbphy30' in CMU.
+ - optional clocks: Exynos7 SoC has now following additional
+ gate clocks available:
+ - phy_pipe: for PIPE3 phy
+ - phy_utmi: for UTMI+ phy
+ - itp: for ITP generation
- samsung,pmu-syscon: phandle for PMU system controller interface, used to
control pmu registers for power isolation.
- #phy-cells : from the generic PHY bindings, must be 1;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/gpio-charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/gpio-charger.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..adbb5dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/gpio-charger.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+gpio-charger
+
+Required properties :
+ - compatible : "gpio-charger"
+ - gpios : GPIO indicating the charger presence.
+ See GPIO binding in bindings/gpio/gpio.txt .
+ - charger-type : power supply type, one of
+ unknown
+ battery
+ ups
+ mains
+ usb-sdp (USB standard downstream port)
+ usb-dcp (USB dedicated charging port)
+ usb-cdp (USB charging downstream port)
+ usb-aca (USB accessory charger adapter)
+
+Example:
+
+ usb_charger: charger {
+ compatible = "gpio-charger";
+ charger-type = "usb-sdp";
+ gpios = <&gpf0 2 0 0 0>;
+ }
+
+ battery {
+ power-supplies = <&usb_charger>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-hlcdc-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-hlcdc-pwm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfda0d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-hlcdc-pwm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for Atmel's HLCDC (High-end LCD Controller) PWM driver
+
+The Atmel HLCDC PWM is subdevice of the HLCDC MFD device.
+See ../mfd/atmel-hlcdc.txt for more details.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: value should be one of the following:
+ "atmel,hlcdc-pwm"
+ - pinctr-names: the pin control state names. Should contain "default".
+ - pinctrl-0: should contain the pinctrl states described by pinctrl
+ default.
+ - #pwm-cells: should be set to 3. This PWM chip use the default 3 cells
+ bindings defined in pwm.txt in this directory.
+
+Example:
+
+ hlcdc: hlcdc@f0030000 {
+ compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-hlcdc";
+ reg = <0xf0030000 0x2000>;
+ clocks = <&lcdc_clk>, <&lcdck>, <&clk32k>;
+ clock-names = "periph_clk","sys_clk", "slow_clk";
+
+ hlcdc_pwm: hlcdc-pwm {
+ compatible = "atmel,hlcdc-pwm";
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_lcd_pwm>;
+ #pwm-cells = <3>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-bcm2835.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-bcm2835.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb6fb31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-bcm2835.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+BCM2835 PWM controller (Raspberry Pi controller)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "brcm,bcm2835-pwm"
+- reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers
+- clock: This clock defines the base clock frequency of the PWM hardware
+ system, the period and the duty_cycle of the PWM signal is a multiple of
+ the base period.
+- #pwm-cells: Should be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of
+ the cells format.
+
+Examples:
+
+pwm@2020c000 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-pwm";
+ reg = <0x2020c000 0x28>;
+ clocks = <&clk_pwm>;
+ #pwm-cells = <2>;
+};
+
+clocks {
+ ....
+ clk_pwm: pwm {
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ reg = <3>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clock-frequency = <9200000>;
+ };
+ ....
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/bcm63xx-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/bcm63xx-uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c52e5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/bcm63xx-uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+* BCM63xx UART
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "brcm,bcm6345-uart"
+
+- reg: The base address of the UART register bank.
+
+- interrupts: A single interrupt specifier.
+
+- clocks: Clock driving the hardware; used to figure out the baud rate
+ divisor.
+
+Example:
+
+ uart0: serial@14e00520 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm6345-uart";
+ reg = <0x14e00520 0x18>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&periph_intc>;
+ interrupts = <2>;
+ clocks = <&periph_clk>;
+ };
+
+ clocks {
+ periph_clk: periph_clk@0 {
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ clock-frequency = <54000000>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt
index 59a40f1..7c408c8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt
@@ -11,8 +11,13 @@ Required properties:
- dma-names: "rx" for RX channel, "tx" for TX channel.
Optional properties:
-- fsl,uart-has-rtscts : Indicate the UART has RTS and CTS lines,
+- fsl,uart-has-rtscts : Indicate the UART has RTS and CTS lines
+ for hardware flow control,
it also means you enable the DMA support for this UART.
+- {rts,cts,dtr,dsr,rng,dcd}-gpios: specify a GPIO for RTS/CTS/DTR/DSR/RI/DCD
+ line respectively. It will use specified PIO instead of the peripheral
+ function pin for the USART feature.
+ If unsure, don't specify this property.
Example:
auart0: serial@8006a000 {
@@ -21,6 +26,9 @@ auart0: serial@8006a000 {
interrupts = <112>;
dmas = <&dma_apbx 8>, <&dma_apbx 9>;
dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+ cts-gpios = <&gpio1 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+ dsr-gpios = <&gpio1 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+ dcd-gpios = <&gpio1 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
};
Note: Each auart port should have an alias correctly numbered in "aliases"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/of-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/of-serial.txt
index 8c4fd03..b52b982 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/of-serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/of-serial.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties:
- "ns16850"
- "nvidia,tegra20-uart"
- "nxp,lpc3220-uart"
+ - "ralink,rt2880-uart"
- "ibm,qpace-nwp-serial"
- "altr,16550-FIFO32"
- "altr,16550-FIFO64"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt
index 52464918..ba3ecb8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt
@@ -6,23 +6,35 @@ Required properties:
- interrupts: exactly one interrupt specifier
Optional properties:
-- pinctrl: When present, must have one state named "default",
+- pinctrl:
+ When present, must have one state named "default",
and may contain a second name named "sleep". The former
state sets up pins for ordinary operation whereas
the latter state will put the associated pins to sleep
when the UART is unused
-- clocks: When present, the first clock listed must correspond to
+- clocks:
+ When present, the first clock listed must correspond to
the clock named UARTCLK on the IP block, i.e. the clock
to the external serial line, whereas the second clock
must correspond to the PCLK clocking the internal logic
of the block. Just listing one clock (the first one) is
deprecated.
-- clocks-names: When present, the first clock listed must be named
+- clocks-names:
+ When present, the first clock listed must be named
"uartclk" and the second clock listed must be named
"apb_pclk"
-- dmas: When present, may have one or two dma channels.
+- dmas:
+ When present, may have one or two dma channels.
The first one must be named "rx", the second one
must be named "tx".
+- auto-poll:
+ Enables polling when using RX DMA.
+- poll-rate-ms:
+ Rate at which poll occurs when auto-poll is set,
+ default 100ms.
+- poll-timeout-ms:
+ Poll timeout when auto-poll is set, default
+ 3000ms.
See also bindings/arm/primecell.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt
index ffa5b78..a2114c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt
@@ -27,27 +27,52 @@ Optional properties:
- dmas: Should contain dma specifiers for transmit and receive channels
- dma-names: Should contain "tx" for transmit and "rx" for receive channels
+Note: Aliases may be defined to ensure the correct ordering of the UARTs.
+The alias serialN will result in the UART being assigned port N. If any
+serialN alias exists, then an alias must exist for each enabled UART. The
+serialN aliases should be in a .dts file instead of in a .dtsi file.
+
Examples:
-A uartdm v1.4 device with dma capabilities.
-
-serial@f991e000 {
- compatible = "qcom,msm-uartdm-v1.4", "qcom,msm-uartdm";
- reg = <0xf991e000 0x1000>;
- interrupts = <0 108 0x0>;
- clocks = <&blsp1_uart2_apps_cxc>, <&blsp1_ahb_cxc>;
- clock-names = "core", "iface";
- dmas = <&dma0 0>, <&dma0 1>;
- dma-names = "tx", "rx";
-};
-
-A uartdm v1.3 device without dma capabilities and part of a GSBI complex.
-
-serial@19c40000 {
- compatible = "qcom,msm-uartdm-v1.3", "qcom,msm-uartdm";
- reg = <0x19c40000 0x1000>,
- <0x19c00000 0x1000>;
- interrupts = <0 195 0x0>;
- clocks = <&gsbi5_uart_cxc>, <&gsbi5_ahb_cxc>;
- clock-names = "core", "iface";
-};
+- A uartdm v1.4 device with dma capabilities.
+
+ serial@f991e000 {
+ compatible = "qcom,msm-uartdm-v1.4", "qcom,msm-uartdm";
+ reg = <0xf991e000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 108 0x0>;
+ clocks = <&blsp1_uart2_apps_cxc>, <&blsp1_ahb_cxc>;
+ clock-names = "core", "iface";
+ dmas = <&dma0 0>, <&dma0 1>;
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+ };
+
+- A uartdm v1.3 device without dma capabilities and part of a GSBI complex.
+
+ serial@19c40000 {
+ compatible = "qcom,msm-uartdm-v1.3", "qcom,msm-uartdm";
+ reg = <0x19c40000 0x1000>,
+ <0x19c00000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 195 0x0>;
+ clocks = <&gsbi5_uart_cxc>, <&gsbi5_ahb_cxc>;
+ clock-names = "core", "iface";
+ };
+
+- serialN alias.
+
+ aliases {
+ serial0 = &uarta;
+ serial1 = &uartc;
+ serial2 = &uartb;
+ };
+
+ uarta: serial@12490000 {
+ status = "ok";
+ };
+
+ uartb: serial@16340000 {
+ status = "ok";
+ };
+
+ uartc: serial@1a240000 {
+ status = "ok";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
index b355660..ae73bb0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
@@ -4,8 +4,7 @@ Required properties:
- compatible: Must contain one of the following:
- - "renesas,scifa-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFA compatible UART.
- - "renesas,scifb-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFB compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scif-r7s72100" for R7S72100 (RZ/A1H) SCIF compatible UART.
- "renesas,scifa-r8a73a4" for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) SCIFA compatible UART.
- "renesas,scifb-r8a73a4" for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) SCIFB compatible UART.
- "renesas,scifa-r8a7740" for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) SCIFA compatible UART.
@@ -20,6 +19,12 @@ Required properties:
- "renesas,scifa-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) SCIFA compatible UART.
- "renesas,scifb-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) SCIFB compatible UART.
- "renesas,hscif-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) HSCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scif-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) SCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scifa-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) SCIFA compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scifb-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) SCIFB compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,hscif-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) HSCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scifa-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFA compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scifb-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFB compatible UART.
- "renesas,scif" for generic SCIF compatible UART.
- "renesas,scifa" for generic SCIFA compatible UART.
- "renesas,scifb" for generic SCIFB compatible UART.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt
index a2dfc65..3acdd96 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
* CSR SiRFprimaII/atlasVI Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter *
Required properties:
-- compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-uart" or "sirf, prima2-usp-uart"
+- compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-uart", "sirf, prima2-usp-uart",
+ "sirf,marco-uart" or "sirf,marco-bt-uart" which means
+ uart located in BT module and used for BT.
- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
- interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt
- fifosize : Should define hardware rx/tx fifo size
@@ -31,3 +33,15 @@ usp@b0090000 {
rts-gpios = <&gpio 15 0>;
cts-gpios = <&gpio 46 0>;
};
+
+for uart use in BT module,
+uart6: uart@11000000 {
+ cell-index = <6>;
+ compatible = "sirf,marco-bt-uart", "sirf,marco-uart";
+ reg = <0x11000000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 100 0>;
+ clocks = <&clks 138>, <&clks 140>, <&clks 141>;
+ clock-names = "uart", "general", "noc";
+ fifosize = <128>;
+ status = "disabled";
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/armada-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/armada-thermal.txt
index 4cf0249..4698e0e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/armada-thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/armada-thermal.txt
@@ -5,17 +5,9 @@ Required properties:
- compatible: Should be set to one of the following:
marvell,armada370-thermal
marvell,armada375-thermal
- marvell,armada375-z1-thermal
marvell,armada380-thermal
marvell,armadaxp-thermal
- Note: As the name suggests, "marvell,armada375-z1-thermal"
- applies for the SoC Z1 stepping only. On such stepping
- some quirks need to be done and the register offset differs
- from the one in the A0 stepping.
- The operating system may auto-detect the SoC stepping and
- update the compatible and register offsets at runtime.
-
- reg: Device's register space.
Two entries are expected, see the examples below.
The first one is required for the sensor register;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rockchip-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rockchip-thermal.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef802de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rockchip-thermal.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+* Temperature Sensor ADC (TSADC) on rockchip SoCs
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "rockchip,rk3288-tsadc"
+- reg : physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+- interrupts : The interrupt number to the cpu. The interrupt specifier format
+ depends on the interrupt controller.
+- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+- clock-names : Shall be "tsadc" for the converter-clock, and "apb_pclk" for
+ the peripheral clock.
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the name "tsadc-apb".
+- #thermal-sensor-cells : Should be 1. See ./thermal.txt for a description.
+- rockchip,hw-tshut-temp : The hardware-controlled shutdown temperature value.
+- rockchip,hw-tshut-mode : The hardware-controlled shutdown mode 0:CRU 1:GPIO.
+- rockchip,hw-tshut-polarity : The hardware-controlled active polarity 0:LOW
+ 1:HIGH.
+
+Exiample:
+tsadc: tsadc@ff280000 {
+ compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-tsadc";
+ reg = <0xff280000 0x100>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 37 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&cru SCLK_TSADC>, <&cru PCLK_TSADC>;
+ clock-names = "tsadc", "apb_pclk";
+ resets = <&cru SRST_TSADC>;
+ reset-names = "tsadc-apb";
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&otp_out>;
+ #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>;
+ rockchip,hw-tshut-temp = <95000>;
+ rockchip,hw-tshut-mode = <0>;
+ rockchip,hw-tshut-polarity = <0>;
+};
+
+Example: referring to thermal sensors:
+thermal-zones {
+ cpu_thermal: cpu_thermal {
+ polling-delay-passive = <1000>; /* milliseconds */
+ polling-delay = <5000>; /* milliseconds */
+
+ /* sensor ID */
+ thermal-sensors = <&tsadc 1>;
+
+ trips {
+ cpu_alert0: cpu_alert {
+ temperature = <70000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "passive";
+ };
+ cpu_crit: cpu_crit {
+ temperature = <90000>; /* millicelsius */
+ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */
+ type = "critical";
+ };
+ };
+
+ cooling-maps {
+ map0 {
+ trip = <&cpu_alert0>;
+ cooling-device =
+ <&cpu0 THERMAL_NO_LIMIT THERMAL_NO_LIMIT>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecf3ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+Tegra124 SOCTHERM thermal management system
+
+The SOCTHERM IP block contains thermal sensors, support for polled
+or interrupt-based thermal monitoring, CPU and GPU throttling based
+on temperature trip points, and handling external overcurrent
+notifications. It is also used to manage emergency shutdown in an
+overheating situation.
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : "nvidia,tegra124-soctherm".
+- reg : Should contain 1 entry:
+ - SOCTHERM register set
+- interrupts : Defines the interrupt used by SOCTHERM
+- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - tsensor
+ - soctherm
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - soctherm
+- #thermal-sensor-cells : Should be 1. See ./thermal.txt for a description
+ of this property. See <dt-bindings/thermal/tegra124-soctherm.h> for a
+ list of valid values when referring to thermal sensors.
+
+
+Example :
+
+ soctherm@0,700e2000 {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-soctherm";
+ reg = <0x0 0x700e2000 0x0 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 48 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_TSENSOR>,
+ <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_SOC_THERM>;
+ clock-names = "tsensor", "soctherm";
+ resets = <&tegra_car 78>;
+ reset-names = "soctherm";
+
+ #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+Example: referring to thermal sensors :
+
+ thermal-zones {
+ cpu {
+ polling-delay-passive = <1000>;
+ polling-delay = <1000>;
+
+ thermal-sensors =
+ <&soctherm TEGRA124_SOCTHERM_SENSOR_CPU>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27f8b1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+* USB2 ChipIdea USB controller for ci13xxx
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "chipidea,usb2"
+- reg: base address and length of the registers
+- interrupts: interrupt for the USB controller
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks: reference to the USB clock
+- phys: reference to the USB PHY
+- phy-names: should be "usb-phy"
+- vbus-supply: reference to the VBUS regulator
+
+Example:
+
+ usb@f7ed0000 {
+ compatible = "chipidea,usb2";
+ reg = <0xf7ed0000 0x10000>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 11 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&chip CLKID_USB0>;
+ phys = <&usb_phy0>;
+ phy-names = "usb-phy";
+ vbus-supply = <&reg_usb0_vbus>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
index 471366d..cd7f045 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,29 @@ Optional properties:
- phys: from the *Generic PHY* bindings
- phy-names: from the *Generic PHY* bindings
- tx-fifo-resize: determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated.
+ - snps,disable_scramble_quirk: true when SW should disable data scrambling.
+ Only really useful for FPGA builds.
+ - snps,has-lpm-erratum: true when DWC3 was configured with LPM Erratum enabled
+ - snps,lpm-nyet-threshold: LPM NYET threshold
+ - snps,u2exit_lfps_quirk: set if we want to enable u2exit lfps quirk
+ - snps,u2ss_inp3_quirk: set if we enable P3 OK for U2/SS Inactive quirk
+ - snps,req_p1p2p3_quirk: when set, the core will always request for
+ P1/P2/P3 transition sequence.
+ - snps,del_p1p2p3_quirk: when set core will delay P1/P2/P3 until a certain
+ amount of 8B10B errors occur.
+ - snps,del_phy_power_chg_quirk: when set core will delay PHY power change
+ from P0 to P1/P2/P3.
+ - snps,lfps_filter_quirk: when set core will filter LFPS reception.
+ - snps,rx_detect_poll_quirk: when set core will disable a 400us delay to start
+ Polling LFPS after RX.Detect.
+ - snps,tx_de_emphasis_quirk: when set core will set Tx de-emphasis value.
+ - snps,tx_de_emphasis: the value driven to the PHY is controlled by the
+ LTSSM during USB3 Compliance mode.
+ - snps,dis_u3_susphy_quirk: when set core will disable USB3 suspend phy.
+ - snps,dis_u2_susphy_quirk: when set core will disable USB2 suspend phy.
+ - snps,is-utmi-l1-suspend: true when DWC3 asserts output signal
+ utmi_l1_suspend_n, false when asserts utmi_sleep_n
+ - snps,hird-threshold: HIRD threshold
This is usually a subnode to DWC3 glue to which it is connected.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt
index a3b5990..9b4dbe3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt
@@ -82,8 +82,10 @@ Example:
DWC3
Required properties:
- - compatible: should be "samsung,exynos5250-dwusb3" for USB 3.0 DWC3
- controller.
+ - compatible: should be one of the following -
+ "samsung,exynos5250-dwusb3": for USB 3.0 DWC3 controller on
+ Exynos5250/5420.
+ "samsung,exynos7-dwusb3": for USB 3.0 DWC3 controller on Exynos7.
- #address-cells, #size-cells : should be '1' if the device has sub-nodes
with 'reg' property.
- ranges: allows valid 1:1 translation between child's address space and
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/pxa-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/pxa-usb.txt
index 79729a9..9c33179 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/pxa-usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/pxa-usb.txt
@@ -29,3 +29,25 @@ Example:
marvell,port-mode = <2>; /* PMM_GLOBAL_MODE */
};
+UDC
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "marvell,pxa270-udc" for USB controllers
+ used in device mode.
+ - reg: usb device MMIO address space
+ - interrupts: single interrupt generated by the UDC IP
+ - clocks: input clock of the UDC IP (see clock-bindings.txt)
+
+Optional properties:
+ - gpios:
+ - gpio activated to control the USB D+ pullup (see gpio.txt)
+
+Example:
+
+ pxa27x_udc: udc@40600000 {
+ compatible = "marvell,pxa270-udc";
+ reg = <0x40600000 0x10000>;
+ interrupts = <11>;
+ clocks = <&pxa2xx_clks 11>;
+ gpios = <&gpio 22 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt
index b968a1a..19233b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ Optional properties:
- big-endian-regs : boolean, set this for hcds with big-endian registers
- big-endian-desc : boolean, set this for hcds with big-endian descriptors
- big-endian : boolean, for hcds with big-endian-regs + big-endian-desc
+- no-big-frame-no : boolean, set if frame_no lives in bits [15:0] of HCCA
+- num-ports : u32, to override the detected port count
- clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs
- phys : phandle + phy specifier pair
- phy-names : "usb"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
index cc6151c..b1df0ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ dlink D-Link Corporation
dmo Data Modul AG
ebv EBV Elektronik
edt Emerging Display Technologies
+elan Elan Microelectronic Corp.
emmicro EM Microelectronic
energymicro Silicon Laboratories (formerly Energy Micro AS)
epcos EPCOS AG
@@ -66,8 +67,10 @@ gmt Global Mixed-mode Technology, Inc.
google Google, Inc.
gumstix Gumstix, Inc.
gw Gateworks Corporation
+hannstar HannStar Display Corporation
haoyu Haoyu Microelectronic Co. Ltd.
hisilicon Hisilicon Limited.
+hit Hitachi Ltd.
honeywell Honeywell
hp Hewlett Packard
i2se I2SE GmbH
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/adi,adv7511.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/adi,adv7511.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96c25ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/adi,adv7511.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+Analog Device ADV7511(W)/13 HDMI Encoders
+-----------------------------------------
+
+The ADV7511, ADV7511W and ADV7513 are HDMI audio and video transmitters
+compatible with HDMI 1.4 and DVI 1.0. They support color space conversion,
+S/PDIF, CEC and HDCP.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be one of "adi,adv7511", "adi,adv7511w" or "adi,adv7513"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+
+The ADV7511 supports a large number of input data formats that differ by their
+color depth, color format, clock mode, bit justification and random
+arrangement of components on the data bus. The combination of the following
+properties describe the input and map directly to the video input tables of the
+ADV7511 datasheet that document all the supported combinations.
+
+- adi,input-depth: Number of bits per color component at the input (8, 10 or
+ 12).
+- adi,input-colorspace: The input color space, one of "rgb", "yuv422" or
+ "yuv444".
+- adi,input-clock: The input clock type, one of "1x" (one clock cycle per
+ pixel), "2x" (two clock cycles per pixel), "ddr" (one clock cycle per pixel,
+ data driven on both edges).
+
+The following input format properties are required except in "rgb 1x" and
+"yuv444 1x" modes, in which case they must not be specified.
+
+- adi,input-style: The input components arrangement variant (1, 2 or 3), as
+ listed in the input format tables in the datasheet.
+- adi,input-justification: The input bit justification ("left", "evenly",
+ "right").
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- interrupts: Specifier for the ADV7511 interrupt
+- pd-gpios: Specifier for the GPIO connected to the power down signal
+
+- adi,clock-delay: Video data clock delay relative to the pixel clock, in ps
+ (-1200 ps .. 1600 ps). Defaults to no delay.
+- adi,embedded-sync: The input uses synchronization signals embedded in the
+ data stream (similar to BT.656). Defaults to separate H/V synchronization
+ signals.
+
+Required nodes:
+
+The ADV7511 has two video ports. Their connections are modelled using the OF
+graph bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt.
+
+- Video port 0 for the RGB or YUV input
+- Video port 1 for the HDMI output
+
+
+Example
+-------
+
+ adv7511w: hdmi@39 {
+ compatible = "adi,adv7511w";
+ reg = <39>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>;
+ interrupts = <29 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+
+ adi,input-depth = <8>;
+ adi,input-colorspace = "rgb";
+ adi,input-clock = "1x";
+ adi,input-style = <1>;
+ adi,input-justification = "evenly";
+
+ ports {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ port@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ adv7511w_in: endpoint {
+ remote-endpoint = <&dpi_out>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ port@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ adv7511_out: endpoint {
+ remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_connector_in>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt
index e74243b..ca2b4aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required properties:
- compatible: value should be one of the following
"samsung,exynos3250-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos3250/3472 SoCs */
"samsung,exynos4210-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4 SoCs */
+ "samsung,exynos4415-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4415 SoC */
"samsung,exynos5410-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5410/5420/5440 SoCs */
- reg: physical base address and length of the registers set for the device
- interrupts: should contain DSI interrupt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-drm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fff582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-drm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Rockchip DRM master device
+================================
+
+The Rockchip DRM master device is a virtual device needed to list all
+vop devices or other display interface nodes that comprise the
+graphics subsystem.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "rockchip,display-subsystem"
+- ports: Should contain a list of phandles pointing to display interface port
+ of vop devices. vop definitions as defined in
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-vop.txt
+
+example:
+
+display-subsystem {
+ compatible = "rockchip,display-subsystem";
+ ports = <&vopl_out>, <&vopb_out>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-vop.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-vop.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d15351f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-vop.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+device-tree bindings for rockchip soc display controller (vop)
+
+VOP (Visual Output Processor) is the Display Controller for the Rockchip
+series of SoCs which transfers the image data from a video memory
+buffer to an external LCD interface.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: value should be one of the following
+ "rockchip,rk3288-vop";
+
+- interrupts: should contain a list of all VOP IP block interrupts in the
+ order: VSYNC, LCD_SYSTEM. The interrupt specifier
+ format depends on the interrupt controller used.
+
+- clocks: must include clock specifiers corresponding to entries in the
+ clock-names property.
+
+- clock-names: Must contain
+ aclk_vop: for ddr buffer transfer.
+ hclk_vop: for ahb bus to R/W the phy regs.
+ dclk_vop: pixel clock.
+
+- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - axi
+ - ahb
+ - dclk
+
+- iommus: required a iommu node
+
+- port: A port node with endpoint definitions as defined in
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Example:
+SoC specific DT entry:
+ vopb: vopb@ff930000 {
+ compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-vop";
+ reg = <0xff930000 0x19c>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 15 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&cru ACLK_VOP0>, <&cru DCLK_VOP0>, <&cru HCLK_VOP0>;
+ clock-names = "aclk_vop", "dclk_vop", "hclk_vop";
+ resets = <&cru SRST_LCDC1_AXI>, <&cru SRST_LCDC1_AHB>, <&cru SRST_LCDC1_DCLK>;
+ reset-names = "axi", "ahb", "dclk";
+ iommus = <&vopb_mmu>;
+ vopb_out: port {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ vopb_out_edp: endpoint@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ remote-endpoint=<&edp_in_vopb>;
+ };
+ vopb_out_hdmi: endpoint@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ remote-endpoint=<&hdmi_in_vopb>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt
index 4e6c77c..cf1af63 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required properties:
"samsung,s5pv210-fimd"; /* for S5PV210 SoC */
"samsung,exynos3250-fimd"; /* for Exynos3250/3472 SoCs */
"samsung,exynos4210-fimd"; /* for Exynos4 SoCs */
+ "samsung,exynos4415-fimd"; /* for Exynos4415 SoC */
"samsung,exynos5250-fimd"; /* for Exynos5 SoCs */
- reg: physical base address and length of the FIMD registers set.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt
index 403c090..e5274f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@ SQUASHFS 4.0 FILESYSTEM
=======================
Squashfs is a compressed read-only filesystem for Linux.
-It uses zlib/lzo/xz compression to compress files, inodes and directories.
-Inodes in the system are very small and all blocks are packed to minimise
-data overhead. Block sizes greater than 4K are supported up to a maximum
-of 1Mbytes (default block size 128K).
+It uses zlib, lz4, lzo, or xz compression to compress files, inodes and
+directories. Inodes in the system are very small and all blocks are packed to
+minimise data overhead. Block sizes greater than 4K are supported up to a
+maximum of 1Mbytes (default block size 128K).
Squashfs is intended for general read-only filesystem use, for archival
use (i.e. in cases where a .tar.gz file may be used), and in constrained
diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt
index 859918d..d85fbae 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt
@@ -199,6 +199,33 @@ The active-low state of a GPIO can also be queried using the following call:
Note that these functions should only be used with great moderation ; a driver
should not have to care about the physical line level.
+
+Set multiple GPIO outputs with a single function call
+-----------------------------------------------------
+The following functions set the output values of an array of GPIOs:
+
+ void gpiod_set_array(unsigned int array_size,
+ struct gpio_desc **desc_array,
+ int *value_array)
+ void gpiod_set_raw_array(unsigned int array_size,
+ struct gpio_desc **desc_array,
+ int *value_array)
+ void gpiod_set_array_cansleep(unsigned int array_size,
+ struct gpio_desc **desc_array,
+ int *value_array)
+ void gpiod_set_raw_array_cansleep(unsigned int array_size,
+ struct gpio_desc **desc_array,
+ int *value_array)
+
+The array can be an arbitrary set of GPIOs. The functions will try to set
+GPIOs belonging to the same bank or chip simultaneously if supported by the
+corresponding chip driver. In that case a significantly improved performance
+can be expected. If simultaneous setting is not possible the GPIOs will be set
+sequentially.
+Note that for optimal performance GPIOs belonging to the same chip should be
+contiguous within the array of descriptors.
+
+
GPIOs mapped to IRQs
--------------------
GPIO lines can quite often be used as IRQs. You can get the IRQ number
diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt b/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt
index 31e0b5d..90d0f6a 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt
+++ b/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt
@@ -158,12 +158,12 @@ Locking IRQ usage
Input GPIOs can be used as IRQ signals. When this happens, a driver is requested
to mark the GPIO as being used as an IRQ:
- int gpio_lock_as_irq(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int offset)
+ int gpiochip_lock_as_irq(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int offset)
This will prevent the use of non-irq related GPIO APIs until the GPIO IRQ lock
is released:
- void gpio_unlock_as_irq(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int offset)
+ void gpiochip_unlock_as_irq(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int offset)
When implementing an irqchip inside a GPIO driver, these two functions should
typically be called in the .startup() and .shutdown() callbacks from the
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
index 793c83d..82f48f7 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ Supported adapters:
* Intel Wildcat Point-LP (PCH)
* Intel BayTrail (SOC)
* Intel Sunrise Point-H (PCH)
+ * Intel Sunrise Point-LP (PCH)
Datasheets: Publicly available at the Intel website
On Intel Patsburg and later chipsets, both the normal host SMBus controller
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients b/Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients
index 8e5fbd8..ccba3ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients
@@ -79,11 +79,10 @@ static struct i2c_driver example_driver = {
.driver = {
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
.name = "example",
+ .pm = &example_pm_ops,
},
.attach_adapter = example_attach_adapter,
.detach_client = example_detach,
- .suspend = example_suspend,
- .resume = example_resume,
};
@@ -272,10 +271,9 @@ static struct i2c_driver example_driver = {
.driver = {
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
.name = "example",
+ .pm = &example_pm_ops,
},
.id_table = example_idtable,
.probe = example_probe,
.remove = example_remove,
- .suspend = example_suspend,
- .resume = example_resume,
};
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients
index 6b344b5..a755b14 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(i2c, foo_idtable);
static struct i2c_driver foo_driver = {
.driver = {
.name = "foo",
+ .pm = &foo_pm_ops, /* optional */
},
.id_table = foo_idtable,
@@ -47,8 +48,6 @@ static struct i2c_driver foo_driver = {
.address_list = normal_i2c,
.shutdown = foo_shutdown, /* optional */
- .suspend = foo_suspend, /* optional */
- .resume = foo_resume, /* optional */
.command = foo_command, /* optional, deprecated */
}
@@ -279,8 +278,9 @@ Power Management
If your I2C device needs special handling when entering a system low
power state -- like putting a transceiver into a low power mode, or
-activating a system wakeup mechanism -- do that in the suspend() method.
-The resume() method should reverse what the suspend() method does.
+activating a system wakeup mechanism -- do that by implementing the
+appropriate callbacks for the dev_pm_ops of the driver (like suspend
+and resume).
These are standard driver model calls, and they work just like they
would for any other driver stack. The calls can sleep, and can use
diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/kvm.txt b/Documentation/ia64/kvm.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ffb5c80..0000000
--- a/Documentation/ia64/kvm.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-Currently, kvm module is in EXPERIMENTAL stage on IA64. This means that
-interfaces are not stable enough to use. So, please don't run critical
-applications in virtual machine.
-We will try our best to improve it in future versions!
-
- Guide: How to boot up guests on kvm/ia64
-
-This guide is to describe how to enable kvm support for IA-64 systems.
-
-1. Get the kvm source from git.kernel.org.
- Userspace source:
- git clone git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm-userspace.git
- Kernel Source:
- git clone git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xiantao/kvm-ia64.git
-
-2. Compile the source code.
- 2.1 Compile userspace code:
- (1)cd ./kvm-userspace
- (2)./configure
- (3)cd kernel
- (4)make sync LINUX= $kernel_dir (kernel_dir is the directory of kernel source.)
- (5)cd ..
- (6)make qemu
- (7)cd qemu; make install
-
- 2.2 Compile kernel source code:
- (1) cd ./$kernel_dir
- (2) Make menuconfig
- (3) Enter into virtualization option, and choose kvm.
- (4) make
- (5) Once (4) done, make modules_install
- (6) Make initrd, and use new kernel to reboot up host machine.
- (7) Once (6) done, cd $kernel_dir/arch/ia64/kvm
- (8) insmod kvm.ko; insmod kvm-intel.ko
-
-Note: For step 2, please make sure that host page size == TARGET_PAGE_SIZE of qemu, otherwise, may fail.
-
-3. Get Guest Firmware named as Flash.fd, and put it under right place:
- (1) If you have the guest firmware (binary) released by Intel Corp for Xen, use it directly.
-
- (2) If you have no firmware at hand, Please download its source from
- hg clone http://xenbits.xensource.com/ext/efi-vfirmware.hg
- you can get the firmware's binary in the directory of efi-vfirmware.hg/binaries.
-
- (3) Rename the firmware you owned to Flash.fd, and copy it to /usr/local/share/qemu
-
-4. Boot up Linux or Windows guests:
- 4.1 Create or install a image for guest boot. If you have xen experience, it should be easy.
-
- 4.2 Boot up guests use the following command.
- /usr/local/bin/qemu-system-ia64 -smp xx -m 512 -hda $your_image
- (xx is the number of virtual processors for the guest, now the maximum value is 4)
-
-5. Known possible issue on some platforms with old Firmware.
-
-In the event of strange host crash issues, try to solve it through either of the following ways:
-
-(1): Upgrade your Firmware to the latest one.
-
-(2): Applying the below patch to kernel source.
-diff --git a/arch/ia64/kernel/pal.S b/arch/ia64/kernel/pal.S
-index 0b53344..f02b0f7 100644
---- a/arch/ia64/kernel/pal.S
-+++ b/arch/ia64/kernel/pal.S
-@@ -84,7 +84,8 @@ GLOBAL_ENTRY(ia64_pal_call_static)
- mov ar.pfs = loc1
- mov rp = loc0
- ;;
-- srlz.d // serialize restoration of psr.l
-+ srlz.i // serialize restoration of psr.l
-+ ;;
- br.ret.sptk.many b0
- END(ia64_pal_call_static)
-
-6. Bug report:
- If you found any issues when use kvm/ia64, Please post the bug info to kvm-ia64-devel mailing list.
- https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/kvm-ia64-devel/
-
-Thanks for your interest! Let's work together, and make kvm/ia64 stronger and stronger!
-
-
- Xiantao Zhang <xiantao.zhang@intel.com>
- 2008.3.10
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index 43ecdcd..4df73da 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -829,6 +829,15 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC, hence this option will not help
tracking down these problems.
+ debug_pagealloc=
+ [KNL] When CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC is set, this
+ parameter enables the feature at boot time. In
+ default, it is disabled. We can avoid allocating huge
+ chunk of memory for debug pagealloc if we don't enable
+ it at boot time and the system will work mostly same
+ with the kernel built without CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC.
+ on: enable the feature
+
debugpat [X86] Enable PAT debugging
decnet.addr= [HW,NET]
@@ -1228,9 +1237,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
multiple times interleaved with hugepages= to reserve
huge pages of different sizes. Valid pages sizes on
x86-64 are 2M (when the CPU supports "pse") and 1G
- (when the CPU supports the "pdpe1gb" cpuinfo flag)
- Note that 1GB pages can only be allocated at boot time
- using hugepages= and not freed afterwards.
+ (when the CPU supports the "pdpe1gb" cpuinfo flag).
hvc_iucv= [S390] Number of z/VM IUCV hypervisor console (HVC)
terminal devices. Valid values: 0..8
@@ -1369,6 +1376,10 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
Formats: { "ima" | "ima-ng" }
Default: "ima-ng"
+ ima_template_fmt=
+ [IMA] Define a custom template format.
+ Format: { "field1|...|fieldN" }
+
ima.ahash_minsize= [IMA] Minimum file size for asynchronous hash usage
Format: <min_file_size>
Set the minimal file size for using asynchronous hash.
@@ -1446,6 +1457,15 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
disable
Do not enable intel_pstate as the default
scaling driver for the supported processors
+ force
+ Enable intel_pstate on systems that prohibit it by default
+ in favor of acpi-cpufreq. Forcing the intel_pstate driver
+ instead of acpi-cpufreq may disable platform features, such
+ as thermal controls and power capping, that rely on ACPI
+ P-States information being indicated to OSPM and therefore
+ should be used with caution. This option does not work with
+ processors that aren't supported by the intel_pstate driver
+ or on platforms that use pcc-cpufreq instead of acpi-cpufreq.
no_hwp
Do not enable hardware P state control (HWP)
if available.
@@ -2506,6 +2526,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
OSS [HW,OSS]
See Documentation/sound/oss/oss-parameters.txt
+ page_owner= [KNL] Boot-time page_owner enabling option.
+ Storage of the information about who allocated
+ each page is disabled in default. With this switch,
+ we can turn it on.
+ on: enable the feature
+
panic= [KNL] Kernel behaviour on panic: delay <timeout>
timeout > 0: seconds before rebooting
timeout = 0: wait forever
@@ -3553,6 +3579,24 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
See also Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt "trace options"
section.
+ tp_printk[FTRACE]
+ Have the tracepoints sent to printk as well as the
+ tracing ring buffer. This is useful for early boot up
+ where the system hangs or reboots and does not give the
+ option for reading the tracing buffer or performing a
+ ftrace_dump_on_oops.
+
+ To turn off having tracepoints sent to printk,
+ echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/tracepoint_printk
+ Note, echoing 1 into this file without the
+ tracepoint_printk kernel cmdline option has no effect.
+
+ ** CAUTION **
+
+ Having tracepoints sent to printk() and activating high
+ frequency tracepoints such as irq or sched, can cause
+ the system to live lock.
+
traceoff_on_warning
[FTRACE] enable this option to disable tracing when a
warning is hit. This turns off "tracing_on". Tracing can
diff --git a/Documentation/local_ops.txt b/Documentation/local_ops.txt
index 300da4b..407576a 100644
--- a/Documentation/local_ops.txt
+++ b/Documentation/local_ops.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,11 @@ to implement them for any given architecture and shows how they can be used
properly. It also stresses on the precautions that must be taken when reading
those local variables across CPUs when the order of memory writes matters.
+Note that local_t based operations are not recommended for general kernel use.
+Please use the this_cpu operations instead unless there is really a special purpose.
+Most uses of local_t in the kernel have been replaced by this_cpu operations.
+this_cpu operations combine the relocation with the local_t like semantics in
+a single instruction and yield more compact and faster executing code.
* Purpose of local atomic operations
@@ -87,10 +92,10 @@ the per cpu variable. For instance :
local_inc(&get_cpu_var(counters));
put_cpu_var(counters);
-If you are already in a preemption-safe context, you can directly use
-__get_cpu_var() instead.
+If you are already in a preemption-safe context, you can use
+this_cpu_ptr() instead.
- local_inc(&__get_cpu_var(counters));
+ local_inc(this_cpu_ptr(&counters));
@@ -134,7 +139,7 @@ static void test_each(void *info)
{
/* Increment the counter from a non preemptible context */
printk("Increment on cpu %d\n", smp_processor_id());
- local_inc(&__get_cpu_var(counters));
+ local_inc(this_cpu_ptr(&counters));
/* This is what incrementing the variable would look like within a
* preemptible context (it disables preemption) :
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt b/Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt
index 0723db7..fe71938 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ trie_leaf_remove()
trie_rebalance()
The key function for the dynamic trie after any change in the trie
- it is run to optimize and reorganize. Tt will walk the trie upwards
- towards the root from a given tnode, doing a resize() at each step
+ it is run to optimize and reorganize. It will walk the trie upwards
+ towards the root from a given tnode, doing a resize() at each step
to implement level compression.
resize()
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
index 58d08f8..9930ecfb 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
@@ -279,8 +279,8 @@ Possible BPF extensions are shown in the following table:
hatype skb->dev->type
rxhash skb->hash
cpu raw_smp_processor_id()
- vlan_tci vlan_tx_tag_get(skb)
- vlan_pr vlan_tx_tag_present(skb)
+ vlan_tci skb_vlan_tag_get(skb)
+ vlan_pr skb_vlan_tag_present(skb)
rand prandom_u32()
These extensions can also be prefixed with '#'.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
index 9bffdfc..85b0221 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
@@ -66,6 +66,8 @@ fwmark_reflect - BOOLEAN
route/max_size - INTEGER
Maximum number of routes allowed in the kernel. Increase
this when using large numbers of interfaces and/or routes.
+ From linux kernel 3.6 onwards, this is deprecated for ipv4
+ as route cache is no longer used.
neigh/default/gc_thresh1 - INTEGER
Minimum number of entries to keep. Garbage collector will not
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c
index 876f71c..05694fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c
+++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c
@@ -30,6 +30,8 @@
* 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+
#include <arpa/inet.h>
#include <asm/types.h>
#include <error.h>
@@ -59,14 +61,6 @@
#include <time.h>
#include <unistd.h>
-/* ugly hack to work around netinet/in.h and linux/ipv6.h conflicts */
-#ifndef in6_pktinfo
-struct in6_pktinfo {
- struct in6_addr ipi6_addr;
- int ipi6_ifindex;
-};
-#endif
-
/* command line parameters */
static int cfg_proto = SOCK_STREAM;
static int cfg_ipproto = IPPROTO_TCP;
diff --git a/Documentation/phy.txt b/Documentation/phy.txt
index c6594af..371361c 100644
--- a/Documentation/phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/phy.txt
@@ -54,18 +54,14 @@ The PHY driver should create the PHY in order for other peripheral controllers
to make use of it. The PHY framework provides 2 APIs to create the PHY.
struct phy *phy_create(struct device *dev, struct device_node *node,
- const struct phy_ops *ops,
- struct phy_init_data *init_data);
+ const struct phy_ops *ops);
struct phy *devm_phy_create(struct device *dev, struct device_node *node,
- const struct phy_ops *ops,
- struct phy_init_data *init_data);
+ const struct phy_ops *ops);
The PHY drivers can use one of the above 2 APIs to create the PHY by passing
-the device pointer, phy ops and init_data.
+the device pointer and phy ops.
phy_ops is a set of function pointers for performing PHY operations such as
-init, exit, power_on and power_off. *init_data* is mandatory to get a reference
-to the PHY in the case of non-dt boot. See section *Board File Initialization*
-on how init_data should be used.
+init, exit, power_on and power_off.
Inorder to dereference the private data (in phy_ops), the phy provider driver
can use phy_set_drvdata() after creating the PHY and use phy_get_drvdata() in
@@ -137,42 +133,18 @@ There are exported APIs like phy_pm_runtime_get, phy_pm_runtime_get_sync,
phy_pm_runtime_put, phy_pm_runtime_put_sync, phy_pm_runtime_allow and
phy_pm_runtime_forbid for performing PM operations.
-8. Board File Initialization
-
-Certain board file initialization is necessary in order to get a reference
-to the PHY in the case of non-dt boot.
-Say we have a single device that implements 3 PHYs that of USB, SATA and PCIe,
-then in the board file the following initialization should be done.
-
-struct phy_consumer consumers[] = {
- PHY_CONSUMER("dwc3.0", "usb"),
- PHY_CONSUMER("pcie.0", "pcie"),
- PHY_CONSUMER("sata.0", "sata"),
-};
-PHY_CONSUMER takes 2 parameters, first is the device name of the controller
-(PHY consumer) and second is the port name.
-
-struct phy_init_data init_data = {
- .consumers = consumers,
- .num_consumers = ARRAY_SIZE(consumers),
-};
-
-static const struct platform_device pipe3_phy_dev = {
- .name = "pipe3-phy",
- .id = -1,
- .dev = {
- .platform_data = {
- .init_data = &init_data,
- },
- },
-};
-
-then, while doing phy_create, the PHY driver should pass this init_data
- phy_create(dev, ops, pdata->init_data);
-
-and the controller driver (phy consumer) should pass the port name along with
-the device to get a reference to the PHY
- phy_get(dev, "pcie");
+8. PHY Mappings
+
+In order to get reference to a PHY without help from DeviceTree, the framework
+offers lookups which can be compared to clkdev that allow clk structures to be
+bound to devices. A lookup can be made be made during runtime when a handle to
+the struct phy already exists.
+
+The framework offers the following API for registering and unregistering the
+lookups.
+
+int phy_create_lookup(struct phy *phy, const char *con_id, const char *dev_id);
+void phy_remove_lookup(struct phy *phy, const char *con_id, const char *dev_id);
9. DeviceTree Binding
diff --git a/Documentation/security/IMA-templates.txt b/Documentation/security/IMA-templates.txt
index a4e102d..839b5da 100644
--- a/Documentation/security/IMA-templates.txt
+++ b/Documentation/security/IMA-templates.txt
@@ -27,25 +27,22 @@ Managing templates with these structures is very simple. To support
a new data type, developers define the field identifier and implement
two functions, init() and show(), respectively to generate and display
measurement entries. Defining a new template descriptor requires
-specifying the template format, a string of field identifiers separated
-by the '|' character. While in the current implementation it is possible
-to define new template descriptors only by adding their definition in the
-template specific code (ima_template.c), in a future version it will be
-possible to register a new template on a running kernel by supplying to IMA
-the desired format string. In this version, IMA initializes at boot time
-all defined template descriptors by translating the format into an array
-of template fields structures taken from the set of the supported ones.
+specifying the template format (a string of field identifiers separated
+by the '|' character) through the 'ima_template_fmt' kernel command line
+parameter. At boot time, IMA initializes the chosen template descriptor
+by translating the format into an array of template fields structures taken
+from the set of the supported ones.
After the initialization step, IMA will call ima_alloc_init_template()
(new function defined within the patches for the new template management
mechanism) to generate a new measurement entry by using the template
descriptor chosen through the kernel configuration or through the newly
-introduced 'ima_template=' kernel command line parameter. It is during this
-phase that the advantages of the new architecture are clearly shown:
-the latter function will not contain specific code to handle a given template
-but, instead, it simply calls the init() method of the template fields
-associated to the chosen template descriptor and store the result (pointer
-to allocated data and data length) in the measurement entry structure.
+introduced 'ima_template' and 'ima_template_fmt' kernel command line parameters.
+It is during this phase that the advantages of the new architecture are
+clearly shown: the latter function will not contain specific code to handle
+a given template but, instead, it simply calls the init() method of the template
+fields associated to the chosen template descriptor and store the result
+(pointer to allocated data and data length) in the measurement entry structure.
The same mechanism is employed to display measurements entries.
The functions ima[_ascii]_measurements_show() retrieve, for each entry,
@@ -86,4 +83,6 @@ currently the following methods are supported:
- select a template descriptor among those supported in the kernel
configuration ('ima-ng' is the default choice);
- specify a template descriptor name from the kernel command line through
- the 'ima_template=' parameter.
+ the 'ima_template=' parameter;
+ - register a new template descriptor with custom format through the kernel
+ command line parameter 'ima_template_fmt='.
diff --git a/Documentation/serial/driver b/Documentation/serial/driver
index ba64e4b..c415b0e 100644
--- a/Documentation/serial/driver
+++ b/Documentation/serial/driver
@@ -59,7 +59,9 @@ The core driver uses the info->tmpbuf_sem lock to prevent multi-threaded
access to the info->tmpbuf bouncebuffer used for port writes.
The port_sem semaphore is used to protect against ports being added/
-removed or reconfigured at inappropriate times.
+removed or reconfigured at inappropriate times. Since v2.6.27, this
+semaphore has been the 'mutex' member of the tty_port struct, and
+commonly referred to as the port mutex (or port->mutex).
uart_ops
@@ -248,7 +250,7 @@ hardware.
Other flags may be used (eg, xon/xoff characters) if your
hardware supports hardware "soft" flow control.
- Locking: none.
+ Locking: caller holds port->mutex
Interrupts: caller dependent.
This call must not sleep
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
index b5d0c85..75511ef 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
@@ -116,10 +116,12 @@ set during run time.
auto_msgmni:
-Enables/Disables automatic recomputing of msgmni upon memory add/remove
-or upon ipc namespace creation/removal (see the msgmni description
-above). Echoing "1" into this file enables msgmni automatic recomputing.
-Echoing "0" turns it off. auto_msgmni default value is 1.
+This variable has no effect and may be removed in future kernel
+releases. Reading it always returns 0.
+Up to Linux 3.17, it enabled/disabled automatic recomputing of msgmni
+upon memory add/remove or upon ipc namespace creation/removal.
+Echoing "1" into this file enabled msgmni automatic recomputing.
+Echoing "0" turned it off. auto_msgmni default value was 1.
==============================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py
index 230ce71..2b47704 100755
--- a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py
+++ b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py
@@ -389,9 +389,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name):
buf += " .release_cmd = " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_cmd,\n"
buf += " .shutdown_session = " + fabric_mod_name + "_shutdown_session,\n"
buf += " .close_session = " + fabric_mod_name + "_close_session,\n"
- buf += " .stop_session = " + fabric_mod_name + "_stop_session,\n"
- buf += " .fall_back_to_erl0 = " + fabric_mod_name + "_reset_nexus,\n"
- buf += " .sess_logged_in = " + fabric_mod_name + "_sess_logged_in,\n"
buf += " .sess_get_index = " + fabric_mod_name + "_sess_get_index,\n"
buf += " .sess_get_initiator_sid = NULL,\n"
buf += " .write_pending = " + fabric_mod_name + "_write_pending,\n"
@@ -402,7 +399,7 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name):
buf += " .queue_data_in = " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_data_in,\n"
buf += " .queue_status = " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_status,\n"
buf += " .queue_tm_rsp = " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_tm_rsp,\n"
- buf += " .is_state_remove = " + fabric_mod_name + "_is_state_remove,\n"
+ buf += " .aborted_task = " + fabric_mod_name + "_aborted_task,\n"
buf += " /*\n"
buf += " * Setup function pointers for generic logic in target_core_fabric_configfs.c\n"
buf += " */\n"
@@ -428,7 +425,7 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name):
buf += " /*\n"
buf += " * Register the top level struct config_item_type with TCM core\n"
buf += " */\n"
- buf += " fabric = target_fabric_configfs_init(THIS_MODULE, \"" + fabric_mod_name[4:] + "\");\n"
+ buf += " fabric = target_fabric_configfs_init(THIS_MODULE, \"" + fabric_mod_name + "\");\n"
buf += " if (IS_ERR(fabric)) {\n"
buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"target_fabric_configfs_init() failed\\n\");\n"
buf += " return PTR_ERR(fabric);\n"
@@ -595,7 +592,7 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name):
if re.search('get_fabric_name', fo):
buf += "char *" + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_name(void)\n"
buf += "{\n"
- buf += " return \"" + fabric_mod_name[4:] + "\";\n"
+ buf += " return \"" + fabric_mod_name + "\";\n"
buf += "}\n\n"
bufi += "char *" + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_name(void);\n"
continue
@@ -820,27 +817,6 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name):
buf += "}\n\n"
bufi += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_close_session(struct se_session *);\n"
- if re.search('stop_session\)\(', fo):
- buf += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_stop_session(struct se_session *se_sess, int sess_sleep , int conn_sleep)\n"
- buf += "{\n"
- buf += " return;\n"
- buf += "}\n\n"
- bufi += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_stop_session(struct se_session *, int, int);\n"
-
- if re.search('fall_back_to_erl0\)\(', fo):
- buf += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_reset_nexus(struct se_session *se_sess)\n"
- buf += "{\n"
- buf += " return;\n"
- buf += "}\n\n"
- bufi += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_reset_nexus(struct se_session *);\n"
-
- if re.search('sess_logged_in\)\(', fo):
- buf += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_sess_logged_in(struct se_session *se_sess)\n"
- buf += "{\n"
- buf += " return 0;\n"
- buf += "}\n\n"
- bufi += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_sess_logged_in(struct se_session *);\n"
-
if re.search('sess_get_index\)\(', fo):
buf += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_sess_get_index(struct se_session *se_sess)\n"
buf += "{\n"
@@ -898,19 +874,18 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name):
bufi += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_status(struct se_cmd *);\n"
if re.search('queue_tm_rsp\)\(', fo):
- buf += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_tm_rsp(struct se_cmd *se_cmd)\n"
+ buf += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_tm_rsp(struct se_cmd *se_cmd)\n"
buf += "{\n"
- buf += " return 0;\n"
+ buf += " return;\n"
buf += "}\n\n"
- bufi += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_tm_rsp(struct se_cmd *);\n"
+ bufi += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_tm_rsp(struct se_cmd *);\n"
- if re.search('is_state_remove\)\(', fo):
- buf += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_is_state_remove(struct se_cmd *se_cmd)\n"
+ if re.search('aborted_task\)\(', fo):
+ buf += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_aborted_task(struct se_cmd *se_cmd)\n"
buf += "{\n"
- buf += " return 0;\n"
+ buf += " return;\n"
buf += "}\n\n"
- bufi += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_is_state_remove(struct se_cmd *);\n"
-
+ bufi += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_aborted_task(struct se_cmd *);\n"
ret = p.write(buf)
if ret:
@@ -1018,11 +993,11 @@ def main(modname, proto_ident):
tcm_mod_build_kbuild(fabric_mod_dir, fabric_mod_name)
tcm_mod_build_kconfig(fabric_mod_dir, fabric_mod_name)
- input = raw_input("Would you like to add " + fabric_mod_name + "to drivers/target/Makefile..? [yes,no]: ")
+ input = raw_input("Would you like to add " + fabric_mod_name + " to drivers/target/Makefile..? [yes,no]: ")
if input == "yes" or input == "y":
tcm_mod_add_kbuild(tcm_dir, fabric_mod_name)
- input = raw_input("Would you like to add " + fabric_mod_name + "to drivers/target/Kconfig..? [yes,no]: ")
+ input = raw_input("Would you like to add " + fabric_mod_name + " to drivers/target/Kconfig..? [yes,no]: ")
if input == "yes" or input == "y":
tcm_mod_add_kconfig(tcm_dir, fabric_mod_name)
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bba7dbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+ Coresight - HW Assisted Tracing on ARM
+ ======================================
+
+ Author: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+ Date: September 11th, 2014
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+Coresight is an umbrella of technologies allowing for the debugging of ARM
+based SoC. It includes solutions for JTAG and HW assisted tracing. This
+document is concerned with the latter.
+
+HW assisted tracing is becoming increasingly useful when dealing with systems
+that have many SoCs and other components like GPU and DMA engines. ARM has
+developed a HW assisted tracing solution by means of different components, each
+being added to a design at systhesis time to cater to specific tracing needs.
+Compoments are generally categorised as source, link and sinks and are
+(usually) discovered using the AMBA bus.
+
+"Sources" generate a compressed stream representing the processor instruction
+path based on tracing scenarios as configured by users. From there the stream
+flows through the coresight system (via ATB bus) using links that are connecting
+the emanating source to a sink(s). Sinks serve as endpoints to the coresight
+implementation, either storing the compressed stream in a memory buffer or
+creating an interface to the outside world where data can be transferred to a
+host without fear of filling up the onboard coresight memory buffer.
+
+At typical coresight system would look like this:
+
+ *****************************************************************
+ **************************** AMBA AXI ****************************===||
+ ***************************************************************** ||
+ ^ ^ | ||
+ | | * **
+ 0000000 ::::: 0000000 ::::: ::::: @@@@@@@ ||||||||||||
+ 0 CPU 0<-->: C : 0 CPU 0<-->: C : : C : @ STM @ || System ||
+ |->0000000 : T : |->0000000 : T : : T :<--->@@@@@ || Memory ||
+ | #######<-->: I : | #######<-->: I : : I : @@@<-| ||||||||||||
+ | # ETM # ::::: | # PTM # ::::: ::::: @ |
+ | ##### ^ ^ | ##### ^ ! ^ ! . | |||||||||
+ | |->### | ! | |->### | ! | ! . | || DAP ||
+ | | # | ! | | # | ! | ! . | |||||||||
+ | | . | ! | | . | ! | ! . | | |
+ | | . | ! | | . | ! | ! . | | *
+ | | . | ! | | . | ! | ! . | | SWD/
+ | | . | ! | | . | ! | ! . | | JTAG
+ *****************************************************************<-|
+ *************************** AMBA Debug ABP ************************
+ *****************************************************************
+ | . ! . ! ! . |
+ | . * . * * . |
+ *****************************************************************
+ ******************** Cross Trigger Matrix (CTM) *******************
+ *****************************************************************
+ | . ^ . . |
+ | * ! * * |
+ *****************************************************************
+ ****************** AMBA Advanced Trace Bus (ATB) ******************
+ *****************************************************************
+ | ! =============== |
+ | * ===== F =====<---------|
+ | ::::::::: ==== U ====
+ |-->:: CTI ::<!! === N ===
+ | ::::::::: ! == N ==
+ | ^ * == E ==
+ | ! &&&&&&&&& IIIIIII == L ==
+ |------>&& ETB &&<......II I =======
+ | ! &&&&&&&&& II I .
+ | ! I I .
+ | ! I REP I<..........
+ | ! I I
+ | !!>&&&&&&&&& II I *Source: ARM ltd.
+ |------>& TPIU &<......II I DAP = Debug Access Port
+ &&&&&&&&& IIIIIII ETM = Embedded Trace Macrocell
+ ; PTM = Program Trace Macrocell
+ ; CTI = Cross Trigger Interface
+ * ETB = Embedded Trace Buffer
+ To trace port TPIU= Trace Port Interface Unit
+ SWD = Serial Wire Debug
+
+While on target configuration of the components is done via the ABP bus,
+all trace data are carried out-of-band on the ATB bus. The CTM provides
+a way to aggregate and distribute signals between CoreSight components.
+
+The coresight framework provides a central point to represent, configure and
+manage coresight devices on a platform. This first implementation centers on
+the basic tracing functionality, enabling components such ETM/PTM, funnel,
+replicator, TMC, TPIU and ETB. Future work will enable more
+intricate IP blocks such as STM and CTI.
+
+
+Acronyms and Classification
+---------------------------
+
+Acronyms:
+
+PTM: Program Trace Macrocell
+ETM: Embedded Trace Macrocell
+STM: System trace Macrocell
+ETB: Embedded Trace Buffer
+ITM: Instrumentation Trace Macrocell
+TPIU: Trace Port Interface Unit
+TMC-ETR: Trace Memory Controller, configured as Embedded Trace Router
+TMC-ETF: Trace Memory Controller, configured as Embedded Trace FIFO
+CTI: Cross Trigger Interface
+
+Classification:
+
+Source:
+ ETMv3.x ETMv4, PTMv1.0, PTMv1.1, STM, STM500, ITM
+Link:
+ Funnel, replicator (intelligent or not), TMC-ETR
+Sinks:
+ ETBv1.0, ETB1.1, TPIU, TMC-ETF
+Misc:
+ CTI
+
+
+Device Tree Bindings
+----------------------
+
+See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt for details.
+
+As of this writing drivers for ITM, STMs and CTIs are not provided but are
+expected to be added as the solution matures.
+
+
+Framework and implementation
+----------------------------
+
+The coresight framework provides a central point to represent, configure and
+manage coresight devices on a platform. Any coresight compliant device can
+register with the framework for as long as they use the right APIs:
+
+struct coresight_device *coresight_register(struct coresight_desc *desc);
+void coresight_unregister(struct coresight_device *csdev);
+
+The registering function is taking a "struct coresight_device *csdev" and
+register the device with the core framework. The unregister function takes
+a reference to a "strut coresight_device", obtained at registration time.
+
+If everything goes well during the registration process the new devices will
+show up under /sys/bus/coresight/devices, as showns here for a TC2 platform:
+
+root:~# ls /sys/bus/coresight/devices/
+replicator 20030000.tpiu 2201c000.ptm 2203c000.etm 2203e000.etm
+20010000.etb 20040000.funnel 2201d000.ptm 2203d000.etm
+root:~#
+
+The functions take a "struct coresight_device", which looks like this:
+
+struct coresight_desc {
+ enum coresight_dev_type type;
+ struct coresight_dev_subtype subtype;
+ const struct coresight_ops *ops;
+ struct coresight_platform_data *pdata;
+ struct device *dev;
+ const struct attribute_group **groups;
+};
+
+
+The "coresight_dev_type" identifies what the device is, i.e, source link or
+sink while the "coresight_dev_subtype" will characterise that type further.
+
+The "struct coresight_ops" is mandatory and will tell the framework how to
+perform base operations related to the components, each component having
+a different set of requirement. For that "struct coresight_ops_sink",
+"struct coresight_ops_link" and "struct coresight_ops_source" have been
+provided.
+
+The next field, "struct coresight_platform_data *pdata" is acquired by calling
+"of_get_coresight_platform_data()", as part of the driver's _probe routine and
+"struct device *dev" gets the device reference embedded in the "amba_device":
+
+static int etm_probe(struct amba_device *adev, const struct amba_id *id)
+{
+ ...
+ ...
+ drvdata->dev = &adev->dev;
+ ...
+}
+
+Specific class of device (source, link, or sink) have generic operations
+that can be performed on them (see "struct coresight_ops"). The
+"**groups" is a list of sysfs entries pertaining to operations
+specific to that component only. "Implementation defined" customisations are
+expected to be accessed and controlled using those entries.
+
+Last but not least, "struct module *owner" is expected to be set to reflect
+the information carried in "THIS_MODULE".
+
+How to use
+----------
+
+Before trace collection can start, a coresight sink needs to be identify.
+There is no limit on the amount of sinks (nor sources) that can be enabled at
+any given moment. As a generic operation, all device pertaining to the sink
+class will have an "active" entry in sysfs:
+
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# ls
+replicator 20030000.tpiu 2201c000.ptm 2203c000.etm 2203e000.etm
+20010000.etb 20040000.funnel 2201d000.ptm 2203d000.etm
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# ls 20010000.etb
+enable_sink status trigger_cntr
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# echo 1 > 20010000.etb/enable_sink
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# cat 20010000.etb/enable_sink
+1
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices#
+
+At boot time the current etm3x driver will configure the first address
+comparator with "_stext" and "_etext", essentially tracing any instruction
+that falls within that range. As such "enabling" a source will immediately
+trigger a trace capture:
+
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# echo 1 > 2201c000.ptm/enable_source
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# cat 2201c000.ptm/enable_source
+1
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# cat 20010000.etb/status
+Depth: 0x2000
+Status: 0x1
+RAM read ptr: 0x0
+RAM wrt ptr: 0x19d3 <----- The write pointer is moving
+Trigger cnt: 0x0
+Control: 0x1
+Flush status: 0x0
+Flush ctrl: 0x2001
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices#
+
+Trace collection is stopped the same way:
+
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# echo 0 > 2201c000.ptm/enable_source
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices#
+
+The content of the ETB buffer can be harvested directly from /dev:
+
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# dd if=/dev/20010000.etb \
+of=~/cstrace.bin
+
+64+0 records in
+64+0 records out
+32768 bytes (33 kB) copied, 0.00125258 s, 26.2 MB/s
+root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices#
+
+The file cstrace.bin can be decompressed using "ptm2human", DS-5 or Trace32.
+
+Following is a DS-5 output of an experimental loop that increments a variable up
+to a certain value. The example is simple and yet provides a glimpse of the
+wealth of possibilities that coresight provides.
+
+Info Tracing enabled
+Instruction 106378866 0x8026B53C E52DE004 false PUSH {lr}
+Instruction 0 0x8026B540 E24DD00C false SUB sp,sp,#0xc
+Instruction 0 0x8026B544 E3A03000 false MOV r3,#0
+Instruction 0 0x8026B548 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B54C E59D3004 false LDR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B550 E3530004 false CMP r3,#4
+Instruction 0 0x8026B554 E2833001 false ADD r3,r3,#1
+Instruction 0 0x8026B558 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B55C DAFFFFFA true BLE {pc}-0x10 ; 0x8026b54c
+Timestamp Timestamp: 17106715833
+Instruction 319 0x8026B54C E59D3004 false LDR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B550 E3530004 false CMP r3,#4
+Instruction 0 0x8026B554 E2833001 false ADD r3,r3,#1
+Instruction 0 0x8026B558 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B55C DAFFFFFA true BLE {pc}-0x10 ; 0x8026b54c
+Instruction 9 0x8026B54C E59D3004 false LDR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B550 E3530004 false CMP r3,#4
+Instruction 0 0x8026B554 E2833001 false ADD r3,r3,#1
+Instruction 0 0x8026B558 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B55C DAFFFFFA true BLE {pc}-0x10 ; 0x8026b54c
+Instruction 7 0x8026B54C E59D3004 false LDR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B550 E3530004 false CMP r3,#4
+Instruction 0 0x8026B554 E2833001 false ADD r3,r3,#1
+Instruction 0 0x8026B558 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B55C DAFFFFFA true BLE {pc}-0x10 ; 0x8026b54c
+Instruction 7 0x8026B54C E59D3004 false LDR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B550 E3530004 false CMP r3,#4
+Instruction 0 0x8026B554 E2833001 false ADD r3,r3,#1
+Instruction 0 0x8026B558 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B55C DAFFFFFA true BLE {pc}-0x10 ; 0x8026b54c
+Instruction 10 0x8026B54C E59D3004 false LDR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B550 E3530004 false CMP r3,#4
+Instruction 0 0x8026B554 E2833001 false ADD r3,r3,#1
+Instruction 0 0x8026B558 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B55C DAFFFFFA true BLE {pc}-0x10 ; 0x8026b54c
+Instruction 6 0x8026B560 EE1D3F30 false MRC p15,#0x0,r3,c13,c0,#1
+Instruction 0 0x8026B564 E1A0100D false MOV r1,sp
+Instruction 0 0x8026B568 E3C12D7F false BIC r2,r1,#0x1fc0
+Instruction 0 0x8026B56C E3C2203F false BIC r2,r2,#0x3f
+Instruction 0 0x8026B570 E59D1004 false LDR r1,[sp,#4]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B574 E59F0010 false LDR r0,[pc,#16] ; [0x8026B58C] = 0x80550368
+Instruction 0 0x8026B578 E592200C false LDR r2,[r2,#0xc]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B57C E59221D0 false LDR r2,[r2,#0x1d0]
+Instruction 0 0x8026B580 EB07A4CF true BL {pc}+0x1e9344 ; 0x804548c4
+Info Tracing enabled
+Instruction 13570831 0x8026B584 E28DD00C false ADD sp,sp,#0xc
+Instruction 0 0x8026B588 E8BD8000 true LDM sp!,{pc}
+Timestamp Timestamp: 17107041535
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt
index 12696c2..7a0fb8e 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt
@@ -74,6 +74,13 @@ static struct platform_device my_hid = {
You can add as many HID functions as you want, only limited by
the amount of interrupt endpoints your gadget driver supports.
+Configuration with configfs
+
+ Instead of adding fake platform devices and drivers in order to pass
+ some data to the kernel, if HID is a part of a gadget composed with
+ configfs the hidg_func_descriptor.report_desc is passed to the kernel
+ by writing the appropriate stream of bytes to a configfs attribute.
+
Send and receive HID reports
HID reports can be sent/received using read/write on the
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
index 5bd7926..947fa62 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Keyspan PDA Serial Adapter
Single port DB-9 serial adapter, pushed as a PDA adapter for iMacs (mostly
sold in Macintosh catalogs, comes in a translucent white/green dongle).
Fairly simple device. Firmware is homebrew.
- This driver also works for the Xircom/Entrgra single port serial adapter.
+ This driver also works for the Xircom/Entrega single port serial adapter.
Current status:
Things that work:
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt
index e5a940e..6cfc854 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt
@@ -640,6 +640,21 @@ Colorspace: selects which colorspace should be used when generating the image.
Changing the colorspace will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE
to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change.
+Y'CbCr Encoding: selects which Y'CbCr encoding should be used when generating
+ a Y'CbCr image. This only applies if the CSC Colorbar test pattern is
+ selected, and if the format is set to a Y'CbCr format as opposed to an
+ RGB format.
+
+ Changing the Y'CbCr encoding will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE
+ to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change.
+
+Quantization: selects which quantization should be used for the RGB or Y'CbCr
+ encoding when generating the test pattern. This only applies if the CSC
+ Colorbar test pattern is selected.
+
+ Changing the quantization will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE
+ to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change.
+
Limited RGB Range (16-235): selects if the RGB range of the HDMI source should
be limited or full range. This combines with the Digital Video 'Rx RGB
Quantization Range' control and can be used to test what happens if
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
index 7610eaa..0007fef 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
@@ -68,9 +68,12 @@ description:
Capability: which KVM extension provides this ioctl. Can be 'basic',
which means that is will be provided by any kernel that supports
- API version 12 (see section 4.1), or a KVM_CAP_xyz constant, which
+ API version 12 (see section 4.1), a KVM_CAP_xyz constant, which
means availability needs to be checked with KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION
- (see section 4.4).
+ (see section 4.4), or 'none' which means that while not all kernels
+ support this ioctl, there's no capability bit to check its
+ availability: for kernels that don't support the ioctl,
+ the ioctl returns -ENOTTY.
Architectures: which instruction set architectures provide this ioctl.
x86 includes both i386 and x86_64.
@@ -604,7 +607,7 @@ struct kvm_fpu {
4.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP
Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP, KVM_CAP_S390_IRQCHIP (s390)
-Architectures: x86, ia64, ARM, arm64, s390
+Architectures: x86, ARM, arm64, s390
Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: none
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -612,7 +615,7 @@ Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
Creates an interrupt controller model in the kernel. On x86, creates a virtual
ioapic, a virtual PIC (two PICs, nested), and sets up future vcpus to have a
local APIC. IRQ routing for GSIs 0-15 is set to both PIC and IOAPIC; GSI 16-23
-only go to the IOAPIC. On ia64, a IOSAPIC is created. On ARM/arm64, a GIC is
+only go to the IOAPIC. On ARM/arm64, a GIC is
created. On s390, a dummy irq routing table is created.
Note that on s390 the KVM_CAP_S390_IRQCHIP vm capability needs to be enabled
@@ -622,7 +625,7 @@ before KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP can be used.
4.25 KVM_IRQ_LINE
Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP
-Architectures: x86, ia64, arm, arm64
+Architectures: x86, arm, arm64
Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_irq_level
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -676,7 +679,7 @@ struct kvm_irq_level {
4.26 KVM_GET_IRQCHIP
Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP
-Architectures: x86, ia64
+Architectures: x86
Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_irqchip (in/out)
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -698,7 +701,7 @@ struct kvm_irqchip {
4.27 KVM_SET_IRQCHIP
Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP
-Architectures: x86, ia64
+Architectures: x86
Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_irqchip (in)
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -991,7 +994,7 @@ for vm-wide capabilities.
4.38 KVM_GET_MP_STATE
Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE
-Architectures: x86, ia64, s390
+Architectures: x86, s390
Type: vcpu ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (out)
Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error
@@ -1005,16 +1008,15 @@ uniprocessor guests).
Possible values are:
- - KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE: the vcpu is currently running [x86, ia64]
+ - KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE: the vcpu is currently running [x86]
- KVM_MP_STATE_UNINITIALIZED: the vcpu is an application processor (AP)
- which has not yet received an INIT signal [x86,
- ia64]
+ which has not yet received an INIT signal [x86]
- KVM_MP_STATE_INIT_RECEIVED: the vcpu has received an INIT signal, and is
- now ready for a SIPI [x86, ia64]
+ now ready for a SIPI [x86]
- KVM_MP_STATE_HALTED: the vcpu has executed a HLT instruction and
- is waiting for an interrupt [x86, ia64]
+ is waiting for an interrupt [x86]
- KVM_MP_STATE_SIPI_RECEIVED: the vcpu has just received a SIPI (vector
- accessible via KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS) [x86, ia64]
+ accessible via KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS) [x86]
- KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED: the vcpu is stopped [s390]
- KVM_MP_STATE_CHECK_STOP: the vcpu is in a special error state [s390]
- KVM_MP_STATE_OPERATING: the vcpu is operating (running or halted)
@@ -1022,7 +1024,7 @@ Possible values are:
- KVM_MP_STATE_LOAD: the vcpu is in a special load/startup state
[s390]
-On x86 and ia64, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an
+On x86, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an
in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace on
these architectures.
@@ -1030,7 +1032,7 @@ these architectures.
4.39 KVM_SET_MP_STATE
Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE
-Architectures: x86, ia64, s390
+Architectures: x86, s390
Type: vcpu ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (in)
Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error
@@ -1038,7 +1040,7 @@ Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error
Sets the vcpu's current "multiprocessing state"; see KVM_GET_MP_STATE for
arguments.
-On x86 and ia64, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an
+On x86, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an
in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace on
these architectures.
@@ -1065,7 +1067,7 @@ documentation when it pops into existence).
4.41 KVM_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID
Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID
-Architectures: x86, ia64
+Architectures: x86
Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: unsigned long vcpu_id
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -1257,8 +1259,8 @@ The flags bitmap is defined as:
4.48 KVM_ASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE
-Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT
-Architectures: x86 ia64
+Capability: none
+Architectures: x86
Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_pci_dev (in)
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -1298,25 +1300,36 @@ Only PCI header type 0 devices with PCI BAR resources are supported by
device assignment. The user requesting this ioctl must have read/write
access to the PCI sysfs resource files associated with the device.
+Errors:
+ ENOTTY: kernel does not support this ioctl
+
+ Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types or
+ have their standard meanings.
+
4.49 KVM_DEASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE
-Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_DEASSIGNMENT
-Architectures: x86 ia64
+Capability: none
+Architectures: x86
Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_pci_dev (in)
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
Ends PCI device assignment, releasing all associated resources.
-See KVM_CAP_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT for the data structure. Only assigned_dev_id is
+See KVM_ASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE for the data structure. Only assigned_dev_id is
used in kvm_assigned_pci_dev to identify the device.
+Errors:
+ ENOTTY: kernel does not support this ioctl
+
+ Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types or
+ have their standard meanings.
4.50 KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ
Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ
-Architectures: x86 ia64
+Architectures: x86
Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_irq (in)
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -1346,11 +1359,17 @@ The following flags are defined:
It is not valid to specify multiple types per host or guest IRQ. However, the
IRQ type of host and guest can differ or can even be null.
+Errors:
+ ENOTTY: kernel does not support this ioctl
+
+ Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types or
+ have their standard meanings.
+
4.51 KVM_DEASSIGN_DEV_IRQ
Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ
-Architectures: x86 ia64
+Architectures: x86
Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_irq (in)
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -1365,7 +1384,7 @@ KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ. Partial deassignment of host or guest IRQ is allowed.
4.52 KVM_SET_GSI_ROUTING
Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING
-Architectures: x86 ia64 s390
+Architectures: x86 s390
Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_irq_routing (in)
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -1423,8 +1442,8 @@ struct kvm_irq_routing_s390_adapter {
4.53 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_NR
-Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_MSIX
-Architectures: x86 ia64
+Capability: none
+Architectures: x86
Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_msix_nr (in)
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -1445,8 +1464,8 @@ struct kvm_assigned_msix_nr {
4.54 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_ENTRY
-Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_MSIX
-Architectures: x86 ia64
+Capability: none
+Architectures: x86
Type: vm ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_msix_entry (in)
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -1461,6 +1480,12 @@ struct kvm_assigned_msix_entry {
__u16 padding[3];
};
+Errors:
+ ENOTTY: kernel does not support this ioctl
+
+ Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types or
+ have their standard meanings.
+
4.55 KVM_SET_TSC_KHZ
@@ -2453,9 +2478,15 @@ return ENOEXEC for that vcpu.
Note that because some registers reflect machine topology, all vcpus
should be created before this ioctl is invoked.
+Userspace can call this function multiple times for a given vcpu, including
+after the vcpu has been run. This will reset the vcpu to its initial
+state. All calls to this function after the initial call must use the same
+target and same set of feature flags, otherwise EINVAL will be returned.
+
Possible features:
- KVM_ARM_VCPU_POWER_OFF: Starts the CPU in a power-off state.
- Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI.
+ Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI. If not set, the CPU will be powered on
+ and execute guest code when KVM_RUN is called.
- KVM_ARM_VCPU_EL1_32BIT: Starts the CPU in a 32bit mode.
Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_EL1_32BIT (arm64 only).
- KVM_ARM_VCPU_PSCI_0_2: Emulate PSCI v0.2 for the CPU.
@@ -2951,6 +2982,15 @@ HVC instruction based PSCI call from the vcpu. The 'type' field describes
the system-level event type. The 'flags' field describes architecture
specific flags for the system-level event.
+Valid values for 'type' are:
+ KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_SHUTDOWN -- the guest has requested a shutdown of the
+ VM. Userspace is not obliged to honour this, and if it does honour
+ this does not need to destroy the VM synchronously (ie it may call
+ KVM_RUN again before shutdown finally occurs).
+ KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_RESET -- the guest has requested a reset of the VM.
+ As with SHUTDOWN, userspace can choose to ignore the request, or
+ to schedule the reset to occur in the future and may call KVM_RUN again.
+
/* Fix the size of the union. */
char padding[256];
};
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt
index 0d16f96..d426fc8 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt
@@ -12,14 +12,14 @@ specific.
1. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_CTRL
Architectures: s390
-1.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_CTRL
+1.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_ENABLE_CMMA
Parameters: none
-Returns: -EBUSY if already a vcpus is defined, otherwise 0
+Returns: -EBUSY if a vcpu is already defined, otherwise 0
-Enables CMMA for the virtual machine
+Enables Collaborative Memory Management Assist (CMMA) for the virtual machine.
-1.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CLR_CMMA
-Parameteres: none
+1.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_CLR_CMMA
+Parameters: none
Returns: 0
Clear the CMMA status for all guest pages, so any pages the guest marked
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt
index 6d470ae..2a71c8f 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ MSR_KVM_ASYNC_PF_EN: 0x4b564d02
64 byte memory area which must be in guest RAM and must be
zeroed. Bits 5-2 are reserved and should be zero. Bit 0 is 1
when asynchronous page faults are enabled on the vcpu 0 when
- disabled. Bit 2 is 1 if asynchronous page faults can be injected
+ disabled. Bit 1 is 1 if asynchronous page faults can be injected
when vcpu is in cpl == 0.
First 4 byte of 64 byte memory location will be written to by
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt b/Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f3ce9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+page owner: Tracking about who allocated each page
+-----------------------------------------------------------
+
+* Introduction
+
+page owner is for the tracking about who allocated each page.
+It can be used to debug memory leak or to find a memory hogger.
+When allocation happens, information about allocation such as call stack
+and order of pages is stored into certain storage for each page.
+When we need to know about status of all pages, we can get and analyze
+this information.
+
+Although we already have tracepoint for tracing page allocation/free,
+using it for analyzing who allocate each page is rather complex. We need
+to enlarge the trace buffer for preventing overlapping until userspace
+program launched. And, launched program continually dump out the trace
+buffer for later analysis and it would change system behviour with more
+possibility rather than just keeping it in memory, so bad for debugging.
+
+page owner can also be used for various purposes. For example, accurate
+fragmentation statistics can be obtained through gfp flag information of
+each page. It is already implemented and activated if page owner is
+enabled. Other usages are more than welcome.
+
+page owner is disabled in default. So, if you'd like to use it, you need
+to add "page_owner=on" into your boot cmdline. If the kernel is built
+with page owner and page owner is disabled in runtime due to no enabling
+boot option, runtime overhead is marginal. If disabled in runtime, it
+doesn't require memory to store owner information, so there is no runtime
+memory overhead. And, page owner inserts just two unlikely branches into
+the page allocator hotpath and if it returns false then allocation is
+done like as the kernel without page owner. These two unlikely branches
+would not affect to allocation performance. Following is the kernel's
+code size change due to this facility.
+
+- Without page owner
+ text data bss dec hex filename
+ 40662 1493 644 42799 a72f mm/page_alloc.o
+
+- With page owner
+ text data bss dec hex filename
+ 40892 1493 644 43029 a815 mm/page_alloc.o
+ 1427 24 8 1459 5b3 mm/page_ext.o
+ 2722 50 0 2772 ad4 mm/page_owner.o
+
+Although, roughly, 4 KB code is added in total, page_alloc.o increase by
+230 bytes and only half of it is in hotpath. Building the kernel with
+page owner and turning it on if needed would be great option to debug
+kernel memory problem.
+
+There is one notice that is caused by implementation detail. page owner
+stores information into the memory from struct page extension. This memory
+is initialized some time later than that page allocator starts in sparse
+memory system, so, until initialization, many pages can be allocated and
+they would have no owner information. To fix it up, these early allocated
+pages are investigated and marked as allocated in initialization phase.
+Although it doesn't mean that they have the right owner information,
+at least, we can tell whether the page is allocated or not,
+more accurately. On 2GB memory x86-64 VM box, 13343 early allocated pages
+are catched and marked, although they are mostly allocated from struct
+page extension feature. Anyway, after that, no page is left in
+un-tracking state.
+
+* Usage
+
+1) Build user-space helper
+ cd tools/vm
+ make page_owner_sort
+
+2) Enable page owner
+ Add "page_owner=on" to boot cmdline.
+
+3) Do the job what you want to debug
+
+4) Analyze information from page owner
+ cat /sys/kernel/debug/page_owner > page_owner_full.txt
+ grep -v ^PFN page_owner_full.txt > page_owner.txt
+ ./page_owner_sort page_owner.txt sorted_page_owner.txt
+
+ See the result about who allocated each page
+ in the sorted_page_owner.txt.
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt b/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt
index bc7226e..4a1c5c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt
+++ b/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt
@@ -7,9 +7,12 @@ http://lkml.kernel.org/r/<20110529191055.GC9835%40elte.hu>
The x86 architecture has quite a few different ways to jump into
kernel code. Most of these entry points are registered in
arch/x86/kernel/traps.c and implemented in arch/x86/kernel/entry_64.S
-and arch/x86/ia32/ia32entry.S.
+for 64-bit, arch/x86/kernel/entry_32.S for 32-bit and finally
+arch/x86/ia32/ia32entry.S which implements the 32-bit compatibility
+syscall entry points and thus provides for 32-bit processes the
+ability to execute syscalls when running on 64-bit kernels.
-The IDT vector assignments are listed in arch/x86/include/irq_vectors.h.
+The IDT vector assignments are listed in arch/x86/include/asm/irq_vectors.h.
Some of these entries are:
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt b/Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt
index 4472ed2..818518a 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt
@@ -7,11 +7,15 @@ that can be used in conjunction with compiler changes to check memory
references, for those references whose compile-time normal intentions are
usurped at runtime due to buffer overflow or underflow.
+You can tell if your CPU supports MPX by looking in /proc/cpuinfo:
+
+ cat /proc/cpuinfo | grep ' mpx '
+
For more information, please refer to Intel(R) Architecture Instruction
Set Extensions Programming Reference, Chapter 9: Intel(R) Memory Protection
Extensions.
-Note: Currently no hardware with MPX ISA is available but it is always
+Note: As of December 2014, no hardware with MPX is available but it is
possible to use SDE (Intel(R) Software Development Emulator) instead, which
can be downloaded from
http://software.intel.com/en-us/articles/intel-software-development-emulator
@@ -30,9 +34,15 @@ is how we expect the compiler, application and kernel to work together.
instrumentation as well as some setup code called early after the app
starts. New instruction prefixes are noops for old CPUs.
2) That setup code allocates (virtual) space for the "bounds directory",
- points the "bndcfgu" register to the directory and notifies the kernel
- (via the new prctl(PR_MPX_ENABLE_MANAGEMENT)) that the app will be using
- MPX.
+ points the "bndcfgu" register to the directory (must also set the valid
+ bit) and notifies the kernel (via the new prctl(PR_MPX_ENABLE_MANAGEMENT))
+ that the app will be using MPX. The app must be careful not to access
+ the bounds tables between the time when it populates "bndcfgu" and
+ when it calls the prctl(). This might be hard to guarantee if the app
+ is compiled with MPX. You can add "__attribute__((bnd_legacy))" to
+ the function to disable MPX instrumentation to help guarantee this.
+ Also be careful not to call out to any other code which might be
+ MPX-instrumented.
3) The kernel detects that the CPU has MPX, allows the new prctl() to
succeed, and notes the location of the bounds directory. Userspace is
expected to keep the bounds directory at that locationWe note it